-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, EMxp571HFShjgJ/Tah95m3G+ukaoh8K7B6bwo4kZkb5V8UGTKZ9zPYDlzLpxSMmX KvpcfK5RjfCJUx0ELYEeNw== 0001047469-05-005556.txt : 20050307 0001047469-05-005556.hdr.sgml : 20050307 20050307162852 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001047469-05-005556 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 13 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20041231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20050307 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20050307 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001099800 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: ORTHOPEDIC, PROSTHETIC & SURGICAL APPLIANCES & SUPPLIES [3842] IRS NUMBER: 364316614 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-15525 FILM NUMBER: 05664306 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: ONE EDWARDS WAY CITY: IRVINE STATE: CA ZIP: 92614 BUSINESS PHONE: 9492502500 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: ONE EDWARDS WAY CITY: IRVINE STATE: CA ZIP: 92614 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: CVG CONTROLLED INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19991126 10-K 1 a2152327z10-k.htm 10-K
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)  

ý

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

OR

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period From                              to                               

Commission File Number 1-15525

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  36-4316614
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

One Edwards Way, Irvine, California 92614
(Address of principal executive offices) (ZIP Code)

(949) 250-2500
Registrant's telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Purchase Rights
(currently traded with common stock)
  Name of each exchange on which registered:
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None


        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý

        Indicate by check whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2) Yes ý    No o

        The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2004 (the last trading day of the registrant's most recently completed second quarter): $2,067,621,853 based on a closing price of $34.85 of the registrant's common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliates for any other purpose.

        The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock, $1.00 par value, as of February 25, 2005 was 59,583,131.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

        Portions of the registrant's proxy statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (to be filed on or before April 18, 2005) are incorporated by reference into Part III, as indicated herein.





EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION
Form 10-K Annual Report—2004
Table of Contents

PART I        
  Item 1.   Business   1
  Item 2.   Properties   20
  Item 3.   Legal Proceedings   20
  Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   21

PART II

 

 

 

 
  Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   22
  Item 6.   Selected Financial Data   23
  Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   24
  Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   41
  Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   43
  Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   85
  Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures   85
  Item 9B.   Other Information   86

PART III

 

 

 

 
  Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   86
  Item 11.   Executive Compensation   86
  Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management   86
  Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   86
  Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services   86

PART IV

 

 

 

 
  Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   87
    Signatures   90


PART I


Item 1.    Business

        This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company intends the forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for such statements contained in this report. All statements other than statements of historical fact in this report or referred to or incorporated by reference into this report are "forward-looking statements" for purposes of these sections. These statements include, among other things, any predictions of earnings, revenues, expenses or other financial items, any statements of plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations, any statements concerning the Company's future operations, financial conditions and prospects, and any statement of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. These statements can sometimes be identified by the use of the forward-looking words such as "may," "believe," "will," "expect," "project," "estimate," "anticipate," "plan," "continue," "seek," "pro forma," "forecast," or "intend" or other similar words or expressions of the negative thereof. Investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties that could cause the Company's future business, financial condition, results of operations, or performance to differ materially from the Company's historical results or those expressed in any forward-looking statements contained in this report.

Overview

        Edwards Lifesciences Corporation is a global leader in products and technologies designed to treat advanced cardiovascular disease. The Company focuses on specific cardiovascular opportunities including heart valve disease, peripheral vascular disease and critical care technologies.

        Cardiovascular disease is the number-one cause of death in the world, and is among the top three diseases in terms of health care spending in nearly every country. Cardiovascular disease is both progressive and pervasive; progressive, in that it tends to worsen over time, and pervasive because it often affects an individual's entire circulatory system. In its later stages, cardiovascular disease is frequently treated with surgery, including heart valve replacement or repair procedures and coronary artery bypass graft ("CABG") procedures.

        The products and technologies provided by Edwards Lifesciences to treat cardiovascular disease are categorized into five main areas: Heart Valve Therapy; Critical Care; Cardiac Surgery Systems; Vascular; and Other Distributed Products.

        Patients undergoing surgical treatment for cardiovascular disease are likely to be treated using a variety of Edwards Lifesciences' products and technologies. For example, an individual with a heart valve disorder may have a faulty valve re-shaped and repaired with an Edwards Lifesciences annuloplasty ring, or a surgeon may elect to remove the valve altogether and replace it with one of Edwards Lifesciences' bioprosthetic tissue heart valves, which are made of bovine pericardial or porcine tissue. Virtually all high-risk patients in the operating room or cardiac care unit are candidates for having their cardiac function monitored by Edwards Lifesciences' critical care products. If a patient undergoes other types of open-heart surgery, such as a CABG procedure, the functions of their heart and lungs may be managed through the use of disposable products and equipment offered in certain international markets by Edwards Lifesciences' perfusion products. If the circulatory problems are in the limbs rather than in the heart, the patient's procedure may involve some of Edwards Lifesciences' vascular products, which include various types of balloon-tipped catheters that are used to remove blood clots, and stents that are used to prop open the diseased blood vessels of patients suffering from atherosclerotic vascular disease. Lastly, Edwards Lifesciences' other distributed products include sales of intra-aortic balloon pumps and other products sold primarily through the Company's distribution network in Japan.



Corporate Background

        Edwards Lifesciences Corporation was incorporated in Delaware on September 10, 1999. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, the terms "it," "its," "Company" and "Edwards Lifesciences" refer to Edwards Lifesciences Corporation and its subsidiaries.

        Edwards Lifesciences' principal executive offices are located at One Edwards Way, Irvine, California 92614. The telephone number at that address is (949) 250-2500. The Company makes available, free of charge on its web site located at www.edwards.com, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such reports with the SEC. The Company's corporate governance guidelines, audit and public policy committee charter, compensation and governance committee charter, and code of business conduct are also posted on the Company's web site and are each available in print to any shareholder upon request by writing to: Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, Investor Relations, One Edwards Way, Irvine, California 92614.

Edwards Lifesciences' Product and Technology Offerings

        The following discussion summarizes the five main categories of products and technologies offered by Edwards Lifesciences to treat advanced cardiovascular disease. For more information on net sales from these five main categories, see "Net Sales by Product Line" under Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Heart Valve Therapy

        Edwards Lifesciences is the world's leading manufacturer of tissue heart valves and repair products, which are used to replace or repair a patient's diseased or defective heart valve. The Company operates manufacturing facilities in Irvine, California, and Horw, Switzerland, producing pericardial and porcine valves from biologically inert animal tissue sewn onto proprietary wireform stents.

        The core of Edwards Lifesciences' tissue product line is the Carpentier-Edwards PERIMOUNT pericardial valve, including PERIMOUNT Magna, the newest generation pericardial valve approved for sale in the United States, Europe and Canada. The PERIMOUNT valve is the most widely prescribed tissue heart valve in the world due to its proven durability and performance, and is the only pericardial tissue valve available in the United States. Edwards Lifesciences also sells porcine valves, stentless tissue valves and mechanical valves. In addition to its replacement valves, Edwards Lifesciences pioneered and is the worldwide leader in heart valve repair therapies, including annuloplasty rings and systems.

        Edwards Lifesciences is currently developing technologies for the percutaneous (catheter-based) repair and replacement of heart valves, which the Company believes can address a greater number of patients than are currently treated with conventional open-heart surgery.

Critical Care

        Edwards Lifesciences is a world leader in hemodynamic monitoring systems that are used to measure a patient's heart function in surgical and intensive care settings. Hemodynamic monitoring enables a clinician to balance the oxygen supply and demand of a critically ill patient and plays an important role in assuring that the heart function of millions of patients who have pre-existing cardiovascular conditions or other critical illnesses is optimized before they undergo a surgical procedure.

        Edwards Lifesciences' hemodynamic monitoring technologies are often deployed before, during and after open-heart, major vascular, major abdominal, neurological and orthopedic surgical

2



procedures. Edwards Lifesciences manufactures and markets the Swan-Ganz brand line of hemodynamic monitoring products. Edwards Lifesciences' most recent addition to its hemodynamic monitoring product line is the PreSep central venous oximetry catheter, designed to help clinicians identify and manage sepsis, a widespread blood infection. New minimally invasive cardiac monitoring technology, including Edwards' FloTrac system, is planned for commercialization in 2005.

        Edwards Lifesciences is a global leader in the broader field of disposable pressure monitoring devices and has a line of innovative products enabling closed-loop arterial blood sampling to protect both patients and clinicians from the risk of infection. Central venous catheters are the primary route for fluid and medication delivery to patients undergoing major surgical procedures and/or intensive care. The Company's Advanced Venous Access products provide increased convenience, effectiveness and efficiency by integrating the capabilities of an introducer and multi-lumen central venous access catheter into a single device.

        The Company also markets a range of products required to perform continuous renal replacement therapies including access catheters, hemofilters, substitution fluids and pumps.

Cardiac Surgery Systems

        The Company is a leading manufacturer of select disposable products used during cardiac surgery including cannula to facilitate venous drainage during perfusion, aortic dispersion cannula, and products to facilitate coronary artery bypass surgery when performed on a beating heart. Edwards Lifesciences also produces the EMBOL-X system, the only system of its kind designed to capture embolic material, such as blood clots or tissue fragments that might be generated during open-heart surgery procedures.

        For customers in regions outside of the United States and Western Europe, Edwards Lifesciences develops, manufactures and distributes a line of disposable perfusion products used during the practice of bypassing the heart and lungs during open-heart surgical procedures. In January 2005, the Company divested its Japanese perfusion products business.

        Edwards Lifesciences distributes carbon-dioxide lasers and related disposables for use in transmyocardial revascularization, a procedure for treating severe angina. These products are manufactured by PLC Systems Inc. ("PLC"), and Edwards Lifesciences is responsible for all sales, marketing and distribution of these products in the United States. The Company has also partnered with PLC to commercialize the Optiwave 980 surgical ablation system, a photonic laser system for treating cardiac arrhythmias.

Vascular

        The pervasive nature of cardiovascular disease means that the circulatory conditions that occur inside the heart are often mirrored elsewhere in a patient's body. Atherosclerotic disease is one common condition that involves the thickening of blood-carrying vessels and the formation of circulation-restricting plaque, clots and other substances, and often occurs concurrently in the vascular system as well as in the heart. When the abdomen, arms or legs are impacted, the diagnosis is usually peripheral vascular disease ("PVD"), which occurs in millions of patients worldwide.

        Edwards Lifesciences manufactures and sells a variety of products used to treat occlusive PVD, including a line of balloon-tipped, catheter-based products, as well as surgical clips and inserts, angioscopy equipment and artificial implantable grafts. Edwards Lifesciences' Fogarty line of embolectomy catheters has been an industry standard for removing blood clots from peripheral blood vessels for more than 40 years.

        Edwards Lifesciences also manufactures and sells LifeStent balloon-expandable and self-expanding non-coronary stents that are used to prop open the diseased blood vessels of patients suffering from

3



atherosclerotic vascular disease. The Company continued to expand its LifeStent product line during the year.

        Although Edwards Lifesciences discontinued sales and development of its Lifepath AAA endovascular graft system for treating abdominal aortic aneurysms in 2004, the Company continues to distribute third-party abdominal aortic aneurysm graft products in Europe.

Other Distributed Products

        Other distributed products primarily include sales of intra-aortic balloon pumps, pacemakers and other products sold though the Company's operations in Japan. During the first quarter of 2005, Edwards exited its pacemaker distribution business.

Competition

        The medical devices industry is highly competitive. Edwards Lifesciences competes with many companies, ranging from small start-up enterprises to companies that are larger and more established than Edwards Lifesciences with access to significant financial resources. Furthermore, rapid product development and technological change characterize the market in which Edwards Lifesciences competes. The present or future products of Edwards Lifesciences could be rendered obsolete or uneconomical as a result of technological advances by one or more of Edwards Lifesciences' present or future competitors or by other therapies, including drug therapies. Edwards Lifesciences must continue to develop and acquire new products and technologies to remain competitive in the cardiovascular medical devices industry. Edwards Lifesciences believes that it competes primarily on the basis of product reliability and performance, product features that enhance patient benefit, customer and sales support, and cost-effectiveness.

        The cardiovascular segment of the medical device industry is dynamic and currently undergoing significant change due to cost-of-care considerations, regulatory reform, industry and customer consolidation and evolving patient needs. The ability to provide cost-effective products and technologies that improve clinical outcomes is becoming increasingly important for medical device manufacturers.

        Edwards Lifesciences' products and technologies face substantial competition from a number of companies. In heart valve therapy, the primary competitors include St. Jude Medical, Inc., Medtronic, Inc. and the Sorin Group. In critical care, Edwards Lifesciences' principal competitors include Hospira, Inc. and Arrow International, Inc. In cardiac surgery systems, Edwards Lifesciences competes with the Sorin Group, Medtronic, Inc. and Getinge AB. In vascular, Edwards Lifesciences' primary competitors for the traditional surgical segments of its business include W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc., LeMaitre Vascular Inc. and Applied Medical Resources Corporation. For emerging peripheral vascular disease products, Edwards Lifesciences' competitors are Johnson & Johnson, Boston Scientific Corporation, Guidant Corporation and Medtronic, Inc.

Sales and Marketing

        Edwards Lifesciences has a number of broad product lines that require a sales and marketing strategy tailored to its customers in order to deliver high-quality, cost-effective products and technologies to all of its customers worldwide. Edwards Lifesciences' portfolio includes some of the most recognizable product brands in cardiovascular devices today, including Carpentier-Edwards, Cosgrove-Edwards, Fogarty, Research Medical, Starr-Edwards and Swan-Ganz.

        Because of the diverse global needs of the population that Edwards Lifesciences serves, Edwards Lifesciences' distribution system includes a direct sales force and independent distributors. Edwards Lifesciences is not dependent on any single customer and no single customer accounted for more than 10% of Edwards Lifesciences' net sales in 2004.

4



        Sales personnel work closely with the primary decision makers who purchase Edwards Lifesciences' products, which include physicians, material managers, nurses, biomedical staff, hospital administrators and purchasing managers. Also, for certain of its products and where appropriate, Edwards Lifesciences' sales force actively pursues approval of Edwards Lifesciences as a qualified supplier for hospital group purchasing organizations that negotiate contracts with suppliers of medical products. Edwards Lifesciences has contracts with a number of domestic national buying groups and is working with a growing number of regional buying groups that are emerging in response to cost containment pressures and health care reform in the United States.

        United States.    In the United States, Edwards Lifesciences sells substantially all of its products through its direct sales force. In 2004, 44.7% of Edwards Lifesciences' reported sales were derived from sales to customers in the United States.

        International.    In 2004, 55.3% of Edwards Lifesciences' reported sales were derived internationally through its direct sales force and independent distributors. Edwards Lifesciences sells its products in approximately 100 countries. Major international markets for Edwards Lifesciences' products are: Japan, Germany, France, United Kingdom, Italy, Brazil, Canada, Belgium, Spain, The Netherlands and Australia/New Zealand. The sales and marketing approach in international geographies varies depending on each country's size and state of development. See Note 18 to the "Consolidated Financial Statements" contained herein for additional information.

Raw Materials and Manufacturing

        Edwards Lifesciences uses a diverse and broad range of raw and organic materials in the design, development and manufacture of its products. Edwards Lifesciences' non-implantable products are manufactured from man-made raw materials including resins, chemicals, electronics and metal. Most of Edwards Lifesciences' heart valve therapy products are manufactured from natural tissues harvested from animal tissue, as well as man-made materials. Edwards Lifesciences purchases certain materials and components used in manufacturing its products from external suppliers. In addition, Edwards Lifesciences purchases certain supplies from single sources for reasons of quality assurance, sole source availability, cost effectiveness or constraints resulting from regulatory requirements.

        Edwards Lifesciences works closely with its suppliers to assure continuity of supply while maintaining high quality and reliability. Alternative supplier options are generally considered and identified, although Edwards Lifesciences does not typically pursue regulatory qualification of alternative sources due to the strength of its existing supplier relationships and the time and expense associated with the regulatory validation process. Although a change in suppliers could require significant effort or investment by Edwards Lifesciences in circumstances where the items supplied are integral to the performance of Edwards Lifesciences' products or incorporate unique technology, management does not believe that the loss of any existing supply contract would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

        Edwards Lifesciences follows rigorous sourcing and manufacturing procedures intended to safeguard humans from potential risks associated with diseases such as bovine spongiform encephalopathy ("BSE"), commonly known as "mad cow disease." International health and regulatory authorities have given guidance identifying three factors contributing to the control of BSE: source of animals, nature of tissue used and manufacturing process. The Company complies with all current global guidelines regarding risks for products intended to be implanted in humans. The Company obtains bovine tissue used in its pericardial tissue valve products only from sources within the United States and Australia, where strong control measures and surveillance programs exist. In addition, bovine tissue used in the Company's pericardial tissue valve products is from tissue types considered by global health and regulatory organizations to have shown no risk of infectibility. The Company's manufacturing and sterilization processes render tissue biologically safe from all known infectious

5



agents and viruses, and exceed the worldwide standard for sterile medical products. See "Risk Factors" contained herein.

Quality Assurance

        Edwards Lifesciences is committed to providing quality products to its customers. To meet this commitment, Edwards Lifesciences has implemented modern quality systems and concepts throughout the organization. The quality system starts with the initial product specification and continues through the design of the product, component specification processes and the manufacturing, sales and servicing of the product. The quality system is designed to build in quality and to utilize continuous improvement concepts throughout the product lifecycle.

        Edwards Lifesciences' operations are certified under applicable international quality systems standards, such as ISO 9001, ISO 9002 and ISO 13485. These standards require, among other items, quality system controls that are applied to product design, component material, suppliers and manufacturing operations. These ISO certifications can be obtained only after a complete audit of a company's quality system has been conducted by an independent outside auditor. Periodic reexamination by an independent outside auditor is required to maintain these certifications.

Research and Development

        Edwards Lifesciences is engaged in ongoing research and development to deliver clinically advanced new products, to enhance the effectiveness, ease of use, safety and reliability of its current leading products and to expand the applications of its products as appropriate. Edwards Lifesciences is dedicated to developing novel technologies that will furnish health care providers with a more complete line of products that address opportunities within the specific cardiovascular disease areas on which the Company focuses.

        The Company invested $87.0 million on research and development in 2004, $72.8 million in 2003 and $65.2 million in 2002 (9.3%, 8.5% and 9.3% of net sales, respectively). A significant portion of Edwards Lifesciences' research and development investment has been applied to extend and defend its core heart valve, critical care and vascular franchises, including research and development relating to next-generation pericardial tissue valves and enhanced tissue processing technologies.

        Edwards Lifesciences is investing in the development of percutaneous heart valve repair and replacement technologies, designed to treat heart valve disease using a catheter-based approach as opposed to direct surgical techniques. In 2004, Edwards Lifesciences acquired Percutaneous Valve Technologies, Inc., a privately held firm with notable clinical experience and intellectual property relating to a percutaneous heart valve replacement system. Also in 2004, the Company acquired all of the technology and intellectual property associated with ev3, Inc.'s percutaneous mitral valve repair program. Both of these acquisitions enhanced the Company's existing percutaneous repair and replacement development efforts.

        In its critical care franchise, the Company is also pursuing the development of minimally invasive hemodynamic monitoring systems, which offer the promise of collecting critical data using less invasive methods than current technologies. In its vascular franchise, the Company plans to broaden its LifeStent balloon-expandable and self-expanding non-coronary stents. Additionally, the Company is investing in additional growth opportunities, including alternative tissue valve materials, and angiogenesis gene therapy to treat peripheral vascular and coronary artery diseases.

6


        Edwards Lifesciences' research and development activities are carried out primarily in facilities located in the United States. The Company's experienced research and development staff is focused on product design and development, quality, clinical research and regulatory compliance. To pursue primary research efforts, Edwards Lifesciences has developed alliances with several leading research institutions and universities, and also works with leading clinicians around the world in conducting scientific studies on Edwards Lifesciences' existing and developing products. These studies include clinical trials, which provide data for use in regulatory submissions, and post-market approval studies involving applications of Edwards Lifesciences' products.

Proprietary Technology

        Patents and other proprietary rights are important to the success of Edwards Lifesciences' business. Edwards Lifesciences also relies upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations and licensing opportunities to develop and maintain its competitive position.

        Edwards Lifesciences owns approximately 505 issued United States patents, 204 pending United States patent applications, 802 issued foreign patents and 478 pending foreign patent applications, and has licensed numerous United States patents and patent applications that relate to aspects of the technology incorporated in many of Edwards Lifesciences' products.

        Most of Edwards Lifesciences' products are protected in some way by issued patents and/or pending patent applications. Although the original Carpentier-Edwards pericardial valve patent expired in 2002 in most countries, Edwards Lifesciences has a number of other key patents and pending patent applications in the United States, Europe, Australia, Japan and Canada on improvements to the pericardial valve that enhance and extend the original patent coverage. These improvements are included in the Carpentier-Edwards PERIMOUNT Magna pericardial valves and the Carpentier-Edwards PERIMOUNT Plus pericardial valves. Because of these design improvements, management does not expect the expiration of the original pericardial patent to have a significant effect on its business.

        Edwards Lifesciences has many important United States and foreign patents and pending patent applications related to mitral valve repair and, in particular, patent coverage on the Cosgrove-Edwards annuloplasty system and the Carpentier-Edwards Physio annuloplasty ring, as well as the Edwards MC3 tricuspid annuloplasty system and the IMR ETLogix annuloplasty ring. Edwards Lifesciences also has a number of significant United States and foreign patents and patent applications in the field of percutaneous heart valve repair and replacement, including the patent rights acquired from Jomed N.V. in February 2003, Percutaneous Valve Technologies, Inc. in January 2004 and ev3, Inc. in September 2004.

        Edwards Lifesciences also has a number of key United States and foreign patents and patent applications that cover catheters, systems and methods for hemodynamic monitoring and vascular access products. The issued hemodynamic monitoring and vascular access patents are expected to protect Edwards Lifesciences' intellectual property rights in such technologies for the next 8 to 16 years. Edwards Lifesciences has pending patent applications that relate to aspects of the technology incorporated in the FloTrac system, used to measure cardiac output by minimally invasive methods. Edwards Lifesciences also owns a significant number of United States and foreign patents and patent applications relating to intra-aortic embolic management systems, including the EMBOL-X system. Edwards Lifesciences has also exclusively licensed and owns several important United States and foreign patents and patent applications relating to peripheral stents, including the LifeStent products. In addition, Edwards Lifesciences has exclusively licensed a portfolio of United States and foreign patents and patent applications in the angiogenesis field.

        Although some of Edwards Lifesciences' patents are due to expire within the next five years, Edwards Lifesciences' patent strategy is to file improvement patent applications and, in some cases, additional patent applications covering new aspects or modifications of the affected products, or line

7



extensions of these products. As a result, the duration of some of the patents covering Edwards Lifesciences' products can extend up to 20 years from the date of filing of the patent application. There can be no assurance that pending patent applications will result in issued patents. There can also be no assurance that pending improvement applications or additional patent applications covering new aspects or modifications of the affected products, or line extensions of these products, will result in issued patents. Edwards Lifesciences management does not believe that the expiration of any one or more of its patents that are due to expire in the next five years will cause a material adverse effect on the sales of Edwards Lifesciences' products.

        Edwards Lifesciences is a party to several license agreements with unrelated third parties pursuant to which it has obtained, for varying terms, the exclusive or non-exclusive rights to certain patents held by such third parties in consideration for cross licensing rights or royalty payments. Edwards Lifesciences has also granted various rights in its own patents to others under license agreements. Competitors may challenge the validity and enforceability of, or circumvent, patents issued to or licensed by Edwards Lifesciences. Such patents may also be found to be insufficiently broad to provide Edwards Lifesciences with a competitive advantage.

        Edwards Lifesciences actively monitors the products of its competitors for possible infringement of Edwards Lifesciences' owned and/or licensed patents. Litigation has been necessary to enforce certain patent rights held by Edwards Lifesciences, and the Company plans to continue to defend and prosecute its rights with respect to such patents. However, the Company's efforts in this regard may not be successful. In addition, patent litigation could result in substantial cost and diversion of effort. Edwards Lifesciences also relies upon trade secrets for protection of its confidential and proprietary information. Others may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques, and third parties may otherwise gain access to Edwards Lifesciences' trade secrets.

        The following table identifies some of the primary trademarks of Edwards Lifesciences that are registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office:

Advanced Venous Access
AnastaFlo
AVA 3Xi
AVA HF
Carpentier-Edwards
Carpentier-Edwards Physio
CCOmbo
Cosgrove-Edwards
  Edwards Lifesciences
Edwards MIRA
Edwards Prima Plus
Edwards MC3
EMBOL-X
Everclip
Evergrip
Fogarty
  LifeStent
PERIMOUNT
PERIMOUNT Plus
Starr-Edwards
Swan-Ganz
Vantex
Vigilance

        Other key trademarks owned by Edwards Lifesciences include:

BioPhysio
Edwards
FloTrac
IMR ETLogix
  PERIMOUNT Magna
Optiwave 980
PreSep
Research Medical
  ThermaFix
Tricentrix
VisuFlo
XenoLogiX

        Many of these trademarks have also been registered for use in certain foreign countries where registration is available and Edwards Lifesciences has determined it is commercially advantageous to do so.

Government Regulation and Other Matters

        Regulatory Approvals.    In the United States, the Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") has responsibility for regulating the introduction of new medical devices. The FDA regulates laboratory and manufacturing practices, labeling and record-keeping for medical devices, and review of required

8


manufacturers' reports of adverse experience to identify potential problems with marketed medical devices. Many of the devices that Edwards Lifesciences develops and markets are in a category for which the FDA has implemented stringent clinical investigation and pre-market approval requirements. The process of obtaining FDA approval to market a product can be resource-intensive, lengthy and costly. FDA review may involve substantial delays that adversely affect the marketing and sale of Edwards Lifesciences' products. Any delay or acceleration experienced by Edwards Lifesciences in obtaining regulatory approvals to conduct clinical trials or in obtaining required market clearances (especially with respect to significant products in the regulatory process that have been discussed in public announcements) may affect Edwards Lifesciences' operations or the market's expectations for the timing of such events and, consequently, the market price for Edwards Lifesciences' common stock. The FDA has the authority to halt the distribution of certain medical devices, detain or seize adulterated or misbranded medical devices, or order the repair, replacement or refund of the costs of such devices. The FDA also may require notification of health professionals and others with regard to medical devices that present unreasonable risks of substantial harm to the public health. The FDA may enjoin and restrain certain violations of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and the Safe Medical Devices Act pertaining to medical devices, or initiate action for criminal prosecution of such violations. Moreover, the FDA administers certain controls over the export of medical devices from the United States and the importation of devices into the United States.

        Medical device laws are also in effect in countries outside of the United States where Edwards Lifesciences does business. These range from comprehensive device approval requirements for some or all of Edwards Lifesciences' medical device products to requests for product data or certifications. The number and scope of these requirements are increasing.

        Edwards Lifesciences is also governed by federal, state, local and foreign laws of general applicability, such as those regulating employee health and safety. In addition, Edwards Lifesciences is subject to various federal, state, local and foreign environmental protection laws and regulations, including those governing the adverse impact of material on the environment.

        Health Care Initiatives.    Government and private sector initiatives to limit the growth of health care costs, including price regulation and competitive pricing, are continuing in many countries where Edwards Lifesciences does business, including the United States and Japan. As a result of these changes, the marketplace has placed increased emphasis on the delivery of more cost-effective medical therapies. Although Edwards Lifesciences believes it is well positioned to respond to changes resulting from this worldwide trend toward cost containment, proposed legislation and/or changes in the marketplace could have an adverse impact on future operating results.

        Diagnostic-related groups' reimbursement schedules regulate the amount the United States government, through the Health and Human Services Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, will reimburse hospitals and doctors for the inpatient care of persons covered by Medicare. In response to rising Medicare and Medicaid costs, several legislative proposals in the United States have been advanced that would restrict future funding increases for these programs. While Edwards Lifesciences has been unaware of significant domestic price resistance directly as a result of the reimbursement policies of diagnostic-related groups, changes in these reimbursement levels and processes could have an adverse effect on Edwards Lifesciences' domestic pricing flexibility.

        In keeping with the increased emphasis on cost-effectiveness in health care delivery, the current trend among domestic hospitals and other customers of medical device manufacturers is to consolidate into larger purchasing groups to enhance purchasing power. The medical device industry has also experienced some consolidation, partly in order to offer a broader range of products to large purchasers. As a result, transactions with customers are larger, more complex and tend to involve more long-term contracts than in the past. The enhanced purchasing power of these larger customers may

9



also increase the pressure on product pricing, although management is unable to estimate the potential impact at this time.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2004, Edwards Lifesciences had approximately 5,200 employees worldwide, the majority of whom were located at the Company's headquarters in Irvine, California, and at its manufacturing facilities in Puerto Rico and the Dominican Republic. Other major concentrations of employees are located in Europe, Japan and Brazil. Edwards Lifesciences emphasizes competitive compensation, benefits, equity participation and work environment practices in its efforts to attract and retain qualified personnel. None of Edwards Lifesciences' North American employees are represented by a labor union. In various countries outside of North America, the Company interacts with trade unions and work councils that represent a limited number of employees.

Risk Factors

        An investor should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as other information contained in Edwards Lifesciences' filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. If any of the events described below occurs, Edwards Lifesciences' business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially harmed. In that case, the value of Edwards Lifesciences' securities could decline and an investor may lose part or all of his or her investment.

If Edwards Lifesciences does not introduce new products in a timely manner, its products may become obsolete, and its operating results may suffer.

        The cardiovascular products industry is characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions and evolving industry standards. Without the timely introduction of new products and enhancements, Edwards Lifesciences' products will likely become technologically obsolete over time, in which case its revenue and operating results would suffer. Even if Edwards Lifesciences is able to develop new technologies, these technologies may not be accepted quickly because of industry specific factors, such as the need for regulatory clearance, unanticipated restrictions imposed on approved indications, entrenched patterns of clinical practice and uncertainty over third party reimbursement

        Moreover, significant technical innovations generally will require a substantial investment before Edwards Lifesciences can determine the commercial viability of these innovations. Edwards Lifesciences may not have the financial resources necessary to fund these technical innovations. In addition, even if Edwards Lifesciences is able to successfully develop enhancements or new generations of its products, these enhancements or new generations of products may not produce revenue in excess of the costs of development, and they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by Edwards Lifesciences' competitors of products embodying new technologies or features.

Edwards Lifesciences may incur product liability losses that could adversely affect its operating results.

        Edwards Lifesciences' business exposes it to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, manufacture and marketing of medical devices. Edwards Lifesciences' products are often used in surgical and intensive care settings with seriously ill patients. In addition, some of the medical devices manufactured and sold by Edwards Lifesciences are designed to be implanted in the human body for long periods of time. Edwards Lifesciences could be the subject of product liability suits alleging that component failures, manufacturing flaws, design defects or inadequate disclosure of product related risks or product related information could result in an unsafe condition or injury to patients. Product liability lawsuits and claims, safety alerts or product recalls in the future, regardless of

10



their ultimate outcome, could have a material adverse effect on Edwards Lifesciences' business and reputation and on its ability to attract and retain customers.

Edwards Lifesciences may experience supply interruptions that could harm its ability to manufacture products.

        Edwards Lifesciences uses a diverse and broad range of raw and organic materials and other items in the design and manufacture of its products. Edwards Lifesciences' non-implantable products are manufactured from man-made raw materials including resins, chemicals, electronics and metals. Edwards Lifesciences' heart valve therapy products are manufactured from treated natural animal tissue and man-made materials. Edwards Lifesciences purchases certain of the materials and components used in the manufacture of its products from external suppliers. In addition, Edwards Lifesciences purchases certain supplies from single sources for reasons of quality assurance, cost-effectiveness or constraints resulting from regulatory requirements. Edwards Lifesciences works closely with its suppliers to assure continuity of supply while maintaining high quality and reliability. Alternative supplier options are generally considered and identified, although Edwards Lifesciences does not typically pursue regulatory qualification of alternative sources due to the strength of its existing supplier relationships and the time and expense associated with this regulatory process. Although a change in suppliers could require significant effort or investment by Edwards Lifesciences in circumstances where the items supplied are integral to the performance of its products or incorporate unique technology, management does not believe that the loss of any existing supply contract would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

        In an effort to reduce potential product liability exposure, in the past certain suppliers have announced that they might limit or terminate sales of certain materials and parts to companies that manufacture implantable medical devices. In some cases, Edwards Lifesciences has been required to indemnify suppliers for product liability expenses in order to continue to receive materials or parts. There can be no assurance that an indemnity from Edwards Lifesciences will be satisfactory to these suppliers in the future. If Edwards Lifesciences is unable to obtain these raw materials or there is a significant increase in the price of materials or components, its business could be harmed.

Edwards Lifesciences may be required to recognize additional charges in connection with the write-down of some of its investments, the disposition of some of its businesses, the termination of its interest rate swap agreements or for other reasons.

        Edwards Lifesciences has made investments in the equity instruments of other companies, and may make further such investments in the future. To the extent that the value of any such investment declines, Edwards Lifesciences may be required to recognize charges to write down the value of that investment. See "Asset Impairments" under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included herein.

        In the case of some of the companies in which Edwards Lifesciences has invested, the value of its equity securities has declined since the time of its original investment. As a result, Edwards Lifesciences may be required to recognize additional charges, which could be substantial, to write down its investments. At December 31, 2004, Edwards Lifesciences had approximately $20.6 million of investments in equity instruments of other companies and had recorded unrealized losses of $4.5 million on these investments on its balance sheet in "Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)," net of tax.

        As part of the ongoing evaluation of its various businesses and products, Edwards Lifesciences from time to time identifies businesses or products that are not performing at a level commensurate with the rest of its business. Edwards Lifesciences may from time to time seek to dispose of these under performing businesses or product lines, and may also seek to dispose of businesses or product lines from time to time for strategic or other business reasons. If Edwards Lifesciences is unable to dispose of a business or product line on terms it considers acceptable, Edwards Lifesciences may voluntarily terminate that business or cease providing that product. Any of these events may result in charges, which could be substantial and which could adversely affect its results of operations.

11


        Edwards Lifesciences has entered into interest rate swap agreements in connection with some of its indebtedness, and expects that it will continue to do so from time to time in the future. In the event that Edwards Lifesciences elects to terminate a swap agreement prior to its maturity, it may be required to make cash payments to the counterparty and to recognize a charge in connection with that termination, which could adversely affect its results of operations.

Edwards Lifesciences may not successfully identify and complete acquisitions or strategic alliances on favorable terms or achieve anticipated synergies relating to any acquisitions or alliances, and such acquisitions could result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, require significant management resources and require significant charges or write-downs.

        As part of Edwards Lifesciences' growth strategy, Edwards Lifesciences regularly reviews potential acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies, services or products, as well as potential strategic alliances. Edwards Lifesciences may be unable to find suitable acquisition candidates or appropriate partners with which to form partnerships or strategic alliances. Even if Edwards Lifesciences identifies appropriate acquisition or alliance candidates, it may be unable to complete such acquisitions or alliances on favorable terms, if at all. In addition, the process of integrating an acquired business, technology, service or product into Edwards Lifesciences' existing business and operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. Integration of an acquired company also may require significant management resources that otherwise would be available for ongoing development of Edwards Lifesciences' business. Moreover, Edwards Lifesciences may not realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition or strategic alliance, and such transactions may not generate anticipated financial results. In addition, Edwards Lifesciences may be required to take charges or write downs in connection with acquisitions it has made or may make in the future. In particular, acquisitions of businesses engaged in the development of new products may give rise to in-process research and development charges, which could be significant. For example, approximately $81 million was charged to in-process research and development in connection with the Company's 2004 acquisition of Percutaneous Valve Technologies, Inc. Edwards Lifesciences has taken in-process research and development charges in connection with other acquisitions and may take similar charges in connection with acquisitions the Company makes in the future, which charges could adversely affect its results of operations. Future acquisitions could also require issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses related to other intangible assets, any of which could harm Edwards Lifesciences' business.

Edwards Lifesciences' business is subject to economic, political and other risks associated with international sales and operations.

        Because Edwards Lifesciences sells its products in a number of foreign countries, its business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally. Edwards Lifesciences' net sales originating outside of the United States, as a percentage of total net sales, were 55.3% in 2004. Edwards Lifesciences anticipates that sales from international operations will continue to represent a substantial portion of its total sales. In addition, many of Edwards Lifesciences' manufacturing facilities and suppliers are located outside of the United States. Management expects to increase Edwards Lifesciences' international sales, which could expose it to greater risks associated with international sales and operations. Accordingly, Edwards Lifesciences future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including:

    changes in foreign medical reimbursement policies and programs;

    unexpected changes in foreign regulatory requirements;

    changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

12


    changes in a specific country's or region's political or economic conditions, particularly in emerging regions;

    trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;

    potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws;

    difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations;

    changes in the international political situation;

    differing labor regulations; and

    differing protection of intellectual property.

Edwards Lifesciences is subject to risks arising from currency exchange rate fluctuations.

        Edwards Lifesciences generated 55.3% of net sales in 2004 outside of the United States. Substantially all of Edwards Lifesciences' sales outside of the United States are denominated in local currencies. Measured in local currency, a substantial portion of Edwards Lifesciences' foreign generated sales was generated in Europe (and primarily denominated in the Euro) and in Japan. The United States dollar value of Edwards Lifesciences' foreign generated sales varies with currency exchange rate fluctuations. Significant decreases in the value of the United States dollar to the Euro or the Japanese yen have had the effect of increasing Edwards Lifesciences' earnings even when the volume of foreign sales has remained constant. Significant increases in the value of the United States dollar relative to the Euro or the Japanese yen, as well as other currencies, could have a material adverse effect on Edwards Lifesciences' results of operations. Edwards Lifesciences has a hedging program that attempts to manage currency exchange rate risks to an acceptable level based on management's judgment of the appropriate trade-off between risk, opportunity and cost; however, this hedging program does not completely eliminate the effects of currency exchange rate fluctuations.

Increased interest rates could increase our borrowing costs and make it more difficult for us to access the capital markets.

        From time to time Edwards Lifesciences may issue securities to finance acquisitions, capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes. An increase in interest rates in the general economy could result in an increase in Edwards Lifesciences' borrowing costs for these financings, as well as under any existing debt that bears interest at a floating rate and for which interest rate swaps are not in place, and could otherwise restrict the ability of Edwards Lifesciences to access the capital markets.

Fluctuations in Edwards Lifesciences' quarterly operating results may cause its stock price to decline.

        Edwards Lifesciences' sales and operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter. A high proportion of Edwards Lifesciences' costs are fixed, due in part to significant sales, research and development and manufacturing costs. Thus, small declines in revenue could disproportionately affect operating results in a quarter, and the price of Edwards Lifesciences' common stock may fall. Other factors that could affect quarterly operating results include:

    demand for and clinical acceptance of products;

    the timing and execution of customer contracts, particularly large contracts that would materially affect Edwards Lifesciences' operating results in a given quarter;

    the timing of sales of products and of the introduction of new products;

    changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

13


    unanticipated delays or problems in introducing new products;

    competitors' announcements of new products, services or technological innovations;

    changes in Edwards Lifesciences' pricing policies or the pricing policies of its competitors;

    increased expenses, whether related to sales and marketing, raw materials or supplies, product development or administration;

    adverse changes in the level of economic activity in the United States and other major regions in which Edwards Lifesciences does business;

    costs related to possible acquisitions of technologies or businesses;

    Edwards Lifesciences' ability to expand its operations; and

    the amount and timing of expenditures related to expansion of Edwards Lifesciences' operations.

Edwards Lifesciences' inability to protect its intellectual property could have a material adverse effect on its business.

        Edwards Lifesciences' success and competitive position are dependent, in part, upon its proprietary intellectual property. Edwards Lifesciences relies on a combination of patents, trade secrets and nondisclosure agreements to protect its proprietary intellectual property, and will continue to do so. Although Edwards Lifesciences seeks to protect its proprietary rights through a variety of means, Edwards Lifesciences cannot guarantee that the protective steps it has taken are adequate to protect these rights. Patents issued to or licensed by Edwards Lifesciences in the past or in the future may be challenged and held invalid or not infringed by third parties. Competitors may also challenge Edwards Lifesciences' patents. In addition, certain of Edwards Lifesciences' patents are due to expire within the next five years and the Company may be unsuccessful in its efforts to extend these patents through improvement patents, modifications or line extensions. The failure to maintain Edwards Lifesciences' patents could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

        Edwards Lifesciences also relies on confidentiality agreements with certain employees, consultants and other parties to protect, in part, trade secrets and other proprietary information. These agreements could be breached and Edwards Lifesciences may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, others may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information or gain access to Edwards Lifesciences' trade secrets or proprietary information. Edwards Lifesciences spends significant resources to monitor and enforce its intellectual property rights. However, Edwards Lifesciences may not be able to detect infringement and may lose its competitive position in the industry. In addition, competitors may design around Edwards Lifesciences' technology or develop competing technologies. Intellectual property rights may also be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries, which could make it easier for competitors to capture increased market position.

Third parties may claim Edwards Lifesciences is infringing their intellectual property, and Edwards Lifesciences could suffer significant litigation or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling products.

        During recent years, Edwards Lifesciences' competitors have been involved in substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the medical device industry generally. From time to time, Edwards Lifesciences may be forced to defend itself against other claims and legal actions alleging infringement of the intellectual property rights of others. Because intellectual property litigation can be costly and time consuming, Edwards Lifesciences' intellectual property litigation expenses could be significant. Adverse determinations in any such litigation could subject Edwards Lifesciences to significant liabilities to third parties, could require Edwards Lifesciences to seek licenses from third parties and could, if such licenses are not available, prevent the Company from

14



manufacturing, selling or using certain of its products, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

        Third parties could also obtain patents that may require Edwards Lifesciences to either redesign its products or, if possible, negotiate licenses to conduct its business. If Edwards Lifesciences is unable to redesign its products or obtain a license, Edwards Lifesciences may have to exit a particular product offering.

Edwards Lifesciences faces intense competition and consolidation within its industry, and if Edwards Lifesciences does not compete effectively, its business will be harmed.

        The cardiovascular medical device industry is highly competitive. Edwards Lifesciences competes with many companies, some of which have longer operating histories, better brand or name recognition and greater access to financial and other resources than Edwards Lifesciences. Furthermore, the industry is characterized by intensive development efforts and rapidly advancing technology. Edwards Lifesciences' present and future products could be rendered obsolete or uneconomical by technological advances made by one or more of its current or future competitors or by alternative therapies, including drug therapies. See "Business—Competition" included herein. Edwards Lifesciences' future success will depend, in large part, on its ability to develop and acquire new products and technologies, anticipate technology advances and keep pace with other developers of cardiovascular therapies and technologies.

        The medical device industry has been consolidating and, as a result, transactions with customers are larger, more complex and tend to involve more long-term contracts. The enhanced purchasing power of these larger customers may also increase downward pressure on product pricing. In addition, many existing and potential domestic customers for Edwards Lifesciences' products have combined to form group purchasing organizations, or "GPOs." GPOs negotiate pricing arrangements with medical supply manufacturers and distributors and these negotiated prices are made available to members of GPOs. If Edwards Lifesciences is not one of the providers selected by a GPO, it may be precluded from making sales to members of a GPO. Even if Edwards Lifesciences is one of the selected providers, it may be at a disadvantage relative to other selected providers that are able to offer volume discounts based on purchases of a broader range of medical equipment and supplies. Further, Edwards Lifesciences may be required to commit to pricing that has a material adverse effect on its sales and profit margins, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Edwards Lifesciences and its customers are subject to various governmental regulations, and Edwards Lifesciences may incur significant expenses to comply with these regulations and develop its products to be compatible with these regulations.

        The medical devices manufactured and marketed by Edwards Lifesciences are subject to rigorous regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or "FDA," and numerous other federal, state and foreign governmental authorities. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals to market a medical device, particularly from the FDA and certain foreign governmental authorities, can be costly and time consuming, and approvals might not be granted for future products on a timely basis, if at all. Delays in receipt of, or failure to obtain, approvals for future products could result in delayed realization of product revenues or in substantial additional costs, which could have material adverse effects on Edwards Lifesciences' business or results of operations. In addition, there can be no assurance that Edwards Lifesciences will be or will continue to be in compliance with applicable FDA and other material regulatory requirements. If the FDA or some other foreign governmental authority were to conclude that Edwards Lifesciences was not in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, the FDA or such other foreign governmental authority, as applicable, could institute proceedings to detain or seize Edwards Lifesciences' products, issue a recall, impose operating restrictions, enjoin future violations and assess civil penalties against Edwards Lifesciences, its officers or its employees

15



and could recommend criminal prosecution to the Department of Justice. Moreover, the FDA or some other foreign governmental authority could proceed to ban, or request recall, repair, replacement or refund of the cost of, any device or product manufactured or distributed by Edwards Lifesciences. Furthermore, both the FDA and foreign government regulators have become increasingly stringent, and Edwards Lifesciences may be subject to more rigorous regulation by governmental authorities in the future.

Unsuccessful clinical trials or developmental procedures relating to products and development could have a material adverse effect on Edwards Lifesciences' prospects.

        The development of new products by Edwards Lifesciences requires extensive clinical trials and procedures. There can be no assurance that these trials or procedures will be successful or completed in a timely or cost effective manner. Failure to successfully complete these trials or procedures in a timely and cost effective manner could have a material adverse effect on the Company's prospects. In addition, current results from the Company's clinical trials or procedures may not be supported by actual long-term studies or clinical experience. If current results for a Company product cannot be supported by actual long-term studies or clinical experience, the Company's business could be adversely effected.

Edwards Lifesciences is subject to risks arising from concerns and/or regulatory actions relating to "mad cow disease."

        Certain of Edwards Lifesciences' products, including pericardial tissue valve products, are manufactured using bovine tissue. Concerns relating to the potential transmission of bovine spongiform encephalopathy, or "BSE," commonly known as "mad cow disease," from cows to humans may result in reduced acceptance of bovine products. Edwards Lifesciences obtains its bovine tissue only from closely controlled sources within the United States and Australia. In December 2003, one case of a cow infected with BSE was reported in the United States. In response to this situation, the U.S. Department of Agriculture announced new strengthened control and surveillance measures with respect to BSE. To date, there have been no additional reported cases in the United States. The bovine tissue used in Edwards Lifesciences' pericardial tissue valves is from tissue types considered by global health and regulatory organizations to have shown no risk of infectibility. Edwards Lifesciences has not experienced any significant adverse impact on its sales as a result of concerns regarding BSE, but no assurance can be given that such an impact may not occur in the future.

If third party payors decline to reimburse Edwards Lifesciences' customers for its products or reduce reimbursement levels, Edwards Lifesciences' ability to profitably sell its products will be harmed.

        Edwards Lifesciences sells its products and technologies to hospitals, doctors and other health care providers, all of which receive reimbursement for the health care services provided to its patients from third party payors, such as government programs (both domestic and international), private insurance plans and managed care programs. These third party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device used in a procedure was not used in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods as determined by such third party payors, or was used for an unapproved indication. Third party payors may also decline to reimburse for experimental procedures and devices. Edwards Lifesciences believes that many of its existing and future products are cost-effective because they are intended to reduce overall health care costs over a long period of time. Edwards Lifesciences cannot be certain whether these third party payors will recognize these cost savings or will merely focus on the lower initial costs associated with competing therapies. If Edwards Lifesciences' products are not considered cost-effective by third party payors, Edwards Lifesciences' customers may not be reimbursed for its products.

        In addition, third party payors are increasingly attempting to contain health care costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement for medical products and services. There can be no

16



assurance that levels of reimbursement, if any, will not be decreased in the future, or that future legislation, regulation or reimbursement policies of third party payors will not otherwise adversely affect the demand for and price levels of Edwards Lifesciences' products. In Japan, customers are reimbursed for Edwards Lifesciences' products under a government-operated insurance system. Under this system, the Japanese government annually reviews the reimbursement levels for products. The Japanese government is also considering other reimbursement regulation. If the Japanese government decides to reduce reimbursement levels for Edwards Lifesciences products, its product pricing may be adversely affected.

Edwards Lifesciences is, or may be, subject to lawsuits related to products or services manufactured or performed by the Company.

        Edwards Lifesciences is, or may be, a party to, or may be otherwise responsible for, pending or threatened lawsuits or other claims related to products and services currently or formerly manufactured or performed, as applicable, by the Company or other matters. Such cases and claims may raise difficult and complex factual and legal issues and may be subject to many uncertainties and complexities, including, but not limited to, the facts and circumstances of each particular case or claim, the jurisdiction in which each suit is brought, and differences in applicable law. Upon resolution of any pending legal matters or other claims, Edwards Lifesciences may incur charges in excess of presently established reserves. While such a charge could have a material adverse impact on Edwards Lifesciences' net income or net cash flows in the period in which it is recorded or paid, management believes that no such charge relating to any currently pending lawsuit would have a material adverse effect on Edwards Lifesciences' consolidated financial position.

Edwards Lifesciences may incur increased costs as a result of recent changes in laws and regulations affecting public companies.

        Compliance with recent changes in laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, may result in increased accounting, legal and administrative costs. In particular, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board impose new requirements with respect to the evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company's internal controls. The cost of complying with these new requirements could be substantial.

The market price for Edwards Lifesciences' common stock may be volatile.

        The market price of Edwards Lifesciences' common stock could fluctuate substantially in the future in response to any of the other risk factors set out above and below as well as a number of factors, including the following:

    quarterly variations in operating results, as discussed above under "—Fluctuations in Edwards Lifesciences' quarterly operating results may cause its stock price to decline;"

    announcements of innovations, new products, strategic developments or business combinations by Edwards Lifesciences or its competitors;

    changes in Edwards Lifesciences expected operating expense levels or income and losses;

    changes in financial estimates and recommendations of securities analysts;

    the operating and securities price performance of other companies that investors may deem comparable to Edwards Lifesciences; and

    changes in general conditions in the economy, the financial markets, the domestic or international political situation or the medical device industry.

17


        In addition, in recent years the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant effect on the market prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons unrelated to their operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may materially adversely affect Edwards Lifesciences' stock price, regardless of its operating results.

Edwards Lifesciences' stockholder rights plan, charter and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law and the change in control provisions of the 3.875% convertible senior debentures issued by Edwards Lifesciences, could make it difficult for a third party to acquire the Company.

        Edwards Lifesciences has a stockholder rights plan that may have the effect of discouraging unsolicited takeover proposals. The rights issued under the stockholder rights plan would cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire Edwards Lifesciences on terms not approved in advance by its board of directors. In addition, Delaware corporate law and Edwards Lifesciences' charter and bylaws contain provisions that could delay, deter or prevent a change in control of the Company or its management. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for Edwards Lifesciences' stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions without the concurrence of its management or board of directors. These provisions:

    authorize Edwards Lifesciences' board of directors to issue "blank check" preferred stock, which is preferred stock that can be created and issued by its board of directors, without stockholder approval, with rights senior to those of common stock;

    provide for a staggered board of directors and three-year terms for directors, so that no more than one-third of Edwards Lifesciences' directors could be replaced at any annual meeting;

    provide that directors may be removed only for cause;

    provide that stockholder action may be taken only at a special or regular meeting and not by written consent;

    provide for super majority voting requirements for some provisions of Edwards Lifesciences' charter; and

    establish advance notice requirements for submitting nominations for election to the board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at a meeting.

        Edwards Lifesciences is also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could also delay or prevent a change of control. Together, these provisions of Edwards Lifesciences' charter and bylaws, Delaware law and its stockholder rights plan may discourage transactions that otherwise could provide for the payment of a premium over prevailing market prices of Edwards Lifesciences' common stock, and also could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of its common stock.

        In addition, if Edwards Lifesciences undergoes a change in control (as defined in the indenture relating to Edwards Lifesciences' 3.875% convertible senior debentures) prior to May 15, 2008, the holders of the 3.875% convertible senior debentures have the right, at their option, to require Edwards Lifesciences to purchase all or a portion of the debentures they hold. In addition, certain change in control events relating to the Company may constitute or otherwise result in events of default under the Company's other debt instruments or its receivables facilities, which could result in borrowings outstanding and other amounts due under those debt instruments and receivables facilities becoming immediately due and payable. These features of Edwards Lifesciences' 3.875% convertible senior debentures and other debt instruments and receivables facilities may also discourage a person or a group from attempting to acquire Edwards Lifesciences.

18



Edwards Lifesciences' issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect holders of its common stock and discourage a takeover.

        Edwards Lifesciences' board of directors is authorized to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock without any action on the part of its stockholders. Edwards Lifesciences' board of directors also has the power, without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights, preferences over its common stock with respect to dividends or in the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up and other terms. In the event that Edwards Lifesciences issues preferred stock in the future that has preference over its common stock with respect to payment of dividends or upon its liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or if Edwards Lifesciences issues preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of its common stock, the rights of the holders of its common stock or the market price of its common stock could be adversely affected. In addition, the ability of Edwards Lifesciences' board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock without any action on the part of its stockholders may impede a takeover of Edwards Lifesciences and prevent a transaction favorable to the holders of its common stock.

Future sales of common stock in the public market could adversely affect the trading price of Edwards Lifesciences' common stock and its ability to raise funds in new securities offerings.

        Future sales of substantial amounts of the common stock of Edwards Lifesciences in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing trading prices of the common stock of Edwards Lifesciences that it may issue and could impair its ability to raise capital through future offerings of equity or equity-related securities. As of December 31, 2004, Edwards Lifesciences had:

    59,438,236 shares of common stock outstanding;

    9,883,077 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of options outstanding under Edwards Lifesciences' stock option plans with a weighted average exercise price of $23.90 per share;

    in addition to the shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options referred to in the preceding bullet point, 2,872,872 additional shares reserved for future issuance under stock option plans and employee stock purchase plans; and

    2,744,238 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon conversion of Edwards Lifesciences' outstanding 3.875% convertible senior debentures.

        No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future issuances of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for future sale, will have on the trading price of our common stock. Issuances of substantial amounts of common stock, or the perception that such issuances could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.

19



Item 2.    Properties

        The locations and uses of the major properties of Edwards Lifesciences are as follows:

North America        
Irvine, California   (1)   Corporate Headquarters, Research and Development, Regulatory and Clinical Affairs and Manufacturing
Memphis, Tennessee   (1)   Distribution and Logistics
Midvale, Utah   (1)   Administration, Research and Development and Manufacturing
Haina, The Dominican Republic   (2)   Manufacturing
Añasco, Puerto Rico   (2)   Manufacturing

Europe

 

 

 

 
Saint Prex, Switzerland   (2)   Administration and Marketing
Horw, Switzerland   (2)   Administration, Distribution and Manufacturing

South America

 

 

 

 
São Paulo, Brazil   (1),(2)   Administration, Distribution and Manufacturing

Japan

 

 

 

 
Tokyo, Japan   (2)   Japan Headquarters, Distribution
Miyazaki, Japan   (2)   Manufacturing, Distribution

(1)
Owned property.

(2)
Leased property.

        The Dominican Republic lease expires in 2006; the Puerto Rico lease expires in 2008; the Horw, Switzerland lease expires in 2007; the Saint Prex, Switzerland lease expires in 2005; the São Paulo, Brazil lease expires in 2009; the Tokyo, Japan lease expires in 2009; and the Miyazaki, Japan lease expires in 2007. The Company's properties have been well maintained, are in good operating condition and are adequate for current needs.


Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

        On June 29, 2000, Edwards Lifesciences filed a lawsuit against St. Jude Medical, Inc. alleging infringement of several Edwards Lifesciences United States patents. This lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California, seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief. Pursuant to the terms of a January 7, 2005 settlement agreement, Edwards Lifesciences was paid $5.5 million by St. Jude, Edwards Lifesciences granted St. Jude a paid-up license for certain of its heart valve therapy products and the lawsuit was dismissed. The settlement will not have a material financial impact on the Company.

        On August 18, 2003, Edwards Lifesciences filed a lawsuit against Medtronic, Inc., Medtronic AVE, Cook, Inc. and W.L. Gore & Associates alleging infringement of a patent exclusively licensed to the Company. The lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief. On September 2, 2003, a second patent exclusively licensed to the Company was added to the lawsuit. Each of the defendants has answered and asserted various affirmative defenses and counterclaims. Discovery is proceeding.

        In addition, Edwards Lifesciences is or may be a party to, or may be otherwise responsible for, pending or threatened lawsuits related primarily to products and services currently or formerly manufactured or performed, as applicable, by Edwards Lifesciences. Such cases and claims raise

20



difficult and complex factual and legal issues and are subject to many uncertainties and complexities, including, but not limited to, the facts and circumstances of each particular case or claim, the jurisdiction in which each suit is brought, and differences in applicable law. Upon resolution of any pending legal matters, Edwards Lifesciences may incur charges in excess of presently established reserves. While any such charge could have a material adverse impact on Edwards Lifesciences' net income or net cash flows in the period in which it is recorded or paid, management does not believe that any such charge would have a material adverse effect on Edwards Lifesciences' financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

        Edwards Lifesciences is also subject to various environmental laws and regulations both within and outside of the United States. The operations of Edwards Lifesciences, like those of other medical device companies, involve the use of substances regulated under environmental laws, primarily in manufacturing and sterilization processes. While it is difficult to quantify the potential impact of compliance with environmental protection laws, management believes that such compliance will not have a material impact on Edwards Lifesciences' financial position, results of operations or liquidity.


Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

        No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

21



PART II

Item 5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Calendar Quarter Ended

  Total Number
of Shares (or
Units) Purchased

  Average
Price Paid
per Share
(or Unit)

  Total Number
of Shares (or
Units) Purchased
as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs(a)

  Maximum Number
(or Approximate
Dollar Value) of
Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under
the Plans or Programs(a)

  March 31, 2004   465,000   $ 31.60   465,000   443,600
  June 30, 2004   344,700   $ 34.12   344,700   2,098,900
  September 30, 2004   203,600   $ 34.45   203,600   1,895,300
  December 31, 2004   699,900   $ 36.69   699,900   1,195,400
   
 
 
 
Total   1,713,200   $ 34.53   1,713,200   1,195,400
   
 
 
 

(a)
On May 6, 2003, the Company announced that the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to purchase on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions up to 2.0 million shares of the Company's common stock through December 31, 2005. This program was completed in August 2004. On May 12, 2004, the Company announced that the Board of Directors approved an additional stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to purchase on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions up to 2.0 million shares of the Company's common stock through December 31, 2006.

Market Price

        The principal market for Edwards Lifesciences' common stock is the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE"). The table below sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated, the high and low sales prices of Edwards Lifesciences' common stock as reported by the NYSE.

 
  2004
  2003
 
  High
  Low
  High
  Low
Calendar Quarter Ended:                        
  March 31   $ 35.52   $ 29.61   $ 27.64   $ 24.40
  June 30     36.58     31.88     33.60     26.95
  September 30     36.52     32.77     32.65     25.77
  December 31     42.26     32.60     31.56     26.90

Number of Stockholders

        On February 25, 2005, there were 35,578 stockholders of record of Edwards Lifesciences' common stock.

Dividends

        Edwards Lifesciences has never paid any cash dividends on its capital stock and has no current plans to pay any cash dividends. The current policy of Edwards Lifesciences is to retain any future earnings for use in the business of the Company.

22




Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

        The following table sets forth selected financial information with respect to Edwards Lifesciences. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with Edwards Lifesciences' "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Consolidated Financial Statements" found elsewhere in this Form 10-K. See Note 6 to the "Consolidated Financial Statements" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for discussions of the effect of certain asset divestitures on Edwards Lifesciences' operations.

 
   
  As of or for the years ended December 31,
 
 
   
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
   
  (in millions except per share data)

 
OPERATING RESULTS(a)   Net sales   $ 931.5   $ 860.5   $ 704.0   $ 692.1   $ 803.8  
    Gross profit     561.3     501.1     404.9     368.4     380.5  
    Income (loss) from
    continuing operations(b)
    1.7     79.0     55.7     (11.4 )   (271.7 )

BALANCE SHEET DATA

 

Total assets(c)

 

$

1,112.7

 

$

1,101.4

 

$

1,004.4

 

$

982.9

 

$

1,106.7

 
    Long-term debt and lease
    obligations
    267.1     255.8     245.5     309.8     367.2  

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION(d)

 

Income (loss) from continuing
operations per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
        Basic   $ 0.03   $ 1.34   $ 0.94   $ (0.19 )    
        Diluted     0.03     1.29     0.91     (0.19 )    
    Cash dividends declared
    per common share
                     

(a)
The results prior to April 1, 2000 present Edwards Lifesciences on a divisional basis as it had historically been operated as part of Baxter International Inc. ("Baxter"). From April 1, 2000 (the date following the distribution of the Company's common stock to stockholders of Baxter) to September 30, 2002, Edwards Lifesciences' Japan business is presented on an equity basis. Commencing October 1, 2002, the Company began reporting the results of its Japan business on a fully consolidated basis. See "Joint Venture in Japan" in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for more information.

(b)
See Notes 4 to 6 to the "Consolidated Financial Statements" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for additional information regarding charges of $110.5 million, $37.1 million and $70.7 million during 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. During 2001, the Company recorded a loss of $68.2 million, related to the sale of Edwards Lifesciences Cardiovascular Resources, Inc. ("ELCR") to Fresenius Medical Care AG and an impairment of the long-lived assets and investments related to certain products that the Company decided to discontinue selling. Additionally, during 2000, the Company recorded charges of $312.2 million related primarily to the sale of its perfusion products in the United States and Western Europe to Jostra AG.

(c)
During 2001, the Company wrote down goodwill by $83.0 million in connection with the sale of ELCR. Additionally, during 2000, the Company wrote down goodwill by $282.0 million in connection with the sale of its perfusion products in the United States and Western Europe to Jostra AG.

(d)
No per share data for the 2000 year has been presented because Edwards Lifesciences' earnings were part of Baxter's earnings through the close of business on March 31, 2000.

23



Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        The following discussion and analysis presents the factors that had a material effect on the results of operations of Edwards Lifesciences during the three years ended December 31, 2004. Also discussed is Edwards Lifesciences' financial position as of December 31, 2004. You should read this discussion in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Overview

        Edwards Lifesciences is a global provider of products and technologies that are designed to treat advanced cardiovascular disease. Edwards Lifesciences focuses on providing products and technologies to address specific cardiovascular opportunities: heart valve disease; peripheral vascular disease; and critical care technologies.

        The products and services provided by Edwards Lifesciences to treat cardiovascular disease are categorized into five main areas: Heart Valve Therapy; Critical Care; Cardiac Surgery Systems; Vascular and Other Distributed Products.

        Edwards Lifesciences' heart valve therapy portfolio is comprised of tissue heart valves and heart valve repair products. A pioneer in the development and commercialization of heart valve products, Edwards Lifesciences is the world's leading manufacturer of tissue heart valves and repair products used to replace or repair a patient's diseased or defective heart valve. In the critical care area, Edwards Lifesciences is a world leader in hemodynamic monitoring systems used to measure a patient's heart function, in disposable pressure transducers, and in central venous access products for fluid and drug delivery. The Company's cardiac surgery systems portfolio comprises a diverse line of products for use during cardiac surgery including oxygenators, blood containers, filters and other disposable products used during cardiopulmonary bypass procedures, as well as cannulae and transmyocardial revascularization ("TMR") technology. Edwards Lifesciences' vascular portfolio includes a line of balloon catheter-based products, surgical clips and inserts, angioscopy equipment, artificial implantable grafts, and stents used in the treatment of peripheral vascular disease. Lastly, other distributed products include sales of intra-aortic balloon pumps and other products sold primarily though the Company's distribution network in Japan.

        The healthcare marketplace continues to be competitive with strong local and global competitors resulting in pressure on maintaining market share. Global demand for healthcare is increasing as the population ages. There is mounting pressure to contain healthcare costs in the face of this increasing demand, which has resulted in pricing pressures. Management expects these trends to continue.

    Joint Venture in Japan

        Prior to October 1, 2002, the cardiovascular business in Japan was being operated pursuant to a joint venture. A subsidiary of Edwards Lifesciences held a 90% profit interest and (a) recognized its shipments into the joint venture as sales at distributor price at the time the joint venture sold to the end customer and (b) utilized the equity method of accounting to record its 90% profit interest in the operations of the joint venture in Other Income. On October 1, 2002, the Company acquired the cardiovascular business in Japan from Baxter and began reporting the results of the Japan business on a fully consolidated basis. The acquisition did not materially impact the Company's net income as the terms of the joint venture agreement enabled Edwards Lifesciences to record substantially all of the net profit generated by the Japan business.

24


Results of Operations

    Net Sales Trends

        The following is a summary of United States and international net sales (dollars in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
  Percent Change
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2004
  2003
 
United States   $ 416.5   $ 384.3   $ 383.3   8.4 % 0.3 %
International     515.0     476.2     320.7   8.1 % 48.5 %
   
 
 
         
Total net sales   $ 931.5   $ 860.5   $ 704.0   8.3 % 22.2 %
   
 
 
         

        The increase in net sales in the United States in 2004 was due primarily to increased sales in heart valve therapy products, which was driven by sales of the Company's Carpentier-Edwards PERIMOUNT and PERIMOUNT Magna aortic valves and the PERIMOUNT valves with Tricentrix holder.

        The increases in international net sales in 2004 can be explained primarily by:

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations which increased net sales by $38.5 million (primarily the strengthening of the Euro and the Japanese yen against the United States dollar);

    heart valve therapy products, which increased net sales by $15.5 million driven primarily by strong PERIMOUNT valve sales in Europe;

    partially offset by a decrease in net sales of $14.9 million due to the sale of the Company's German and Italian perfusion services businesses and the discontinuation of the Lifepath AAA program and a decrease in net sales in Japan resulting primarily from reimbursement changes.

        The increase in international net sales in 2003 was due primarily to the following:

    the change in accounting for Japan (see "Joint Venture in Japan") increased net sales by $77.9 million;

    the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates increased net sales by $46.7 million (primarily the strengthening of the Euro and Japanese yen against the United States dollar); and

    increased sales of heart valve therapy and vascular products (see below).

        The impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on net sales would not necessarily be indicative of the impact on net income due to the corresponding effect of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on international manufacturing and operating costs, and Edwards Lifesciences' hedging activities. For more information see "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk."

    Net Sales by Product Line

        The following is a summary of net sales by product line (dollars in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
  Percent Change
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2004
  2003
 
Heart Valve Therapy   $ 419.2   $ 366.4   $ 314.5   14.4 % 16.5 %
Critical Care     302.3     278.8     230.3   8.4 % 21.1 %
Cardiac Surgery Systems     107.3     115.0     94.6   (6.7 %) 21.6 %
Vascular     60.1     55.9     51.3   7.5 % 9.0 %
Other Distributed Products     42.6     44.4     13.3   (4.1 %) 233.8 %
   
 
 
         
Total net sales   $ 931.5   $ 860.5   $ 704.0   8.3 % 22.2 %
   
 
 
         

25


    Heart Valve Therapy

        The net sales growth of heart valve therapy products in 2004 can be explained primarily by:

    pericardial tissue valves increased net sales by $37.9 million primarily as a result of strong market adoption of the Company's Carpentier-Edwards PERIMOUNT Magna valve in the United States and Europe;

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which increased net sales by $14.3 million (primarily the strengthening of the Euro and Japanese yen against the United States dollar);

    heart valve repair products increased net sales by $5.6 million;

        partially offset by decreased sales of porcine tissue valves of $5.1 million.

        The net sales growth of heart valve therapy products in 2003 resulted primarily from the following:

    pericardial tissue valves increased net sales by $18.4 million;

    currency exchange rate fluctuations increased net sales by $16.5 million (primarily the strengthening of the Euro and Japanese yen against the United States dollar);

    the change in accounting for Japan increased net sales by $7.9 million; and

    heart valve repair products increased net sales by $6.7 million.

        As the Company's Carpentier-Edwards PERIMOUNT Magna valve and the other recently introduced products have been well received globally, the Company expects that sales growth of heart valve therapy products in 2005 will exceed 10%. The Company will expand the availability of its Carpentier-Edwards PERIMOUNT Magna valve with ThermaFix, an anti-calcification process, in 2005 and expects the enhancement to drive further adoption among younger patients.

        In Japan, where only one competitor offered a stentless valve, the Company has received both regulatory clearance and reimbursement approval of its Edwards PrimaPlus stentless valve. PrimaPlus stentless valves expand the Company's product offering into the niche stentless valve market and strengthens the Company's market position in this region.

        The Company expects to strengthen its market leadership position in heart valve repair products with the introduction in the second half of 2005 of a new product with an indication-specific design.

    Critical Care

        The net sales growth of critical care products in 2004 can be explained primarily by:

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which increased net sales by $13.4 million (primarily the strengthening of the Euro and the Japanese yen against the United States dollar);

    market share gains in pressure monitoring products, which increased net sales by $8.4 million; and

    overall strong sales demand in markets outside of Europe and Japan;

    partially offset by decreased sales of base catheter products, which decreased net sales by $6.1 million, and recent reimbursement decreases in Japan.

        The net sales growth of critical care products in 2003 resulted primarily from the following:

    the change in accounting for Japan increased net sales by $20.8 million;

    currency exchange rate fluctuations increased net sales by $16.6 million (primarily the strengthening of the Euro and Japanese yen against the United States dollar); and

26


    strong sales in global pressure monitoring products and overall strong sales demand in emerging global markets.

        Critical care products have been, and are expected to be, significant contributors to the Company's total sales. Minimally invasive monitoring systems, featuring the Company's FloTrac system, represent a new and potentially market-expanding opportunity for the Company. The Company received 510(k) clearance for the FloTrac system in January 2005 and expects to launch this product during the second quarter of 2005.

    Cardiac Surgery Systems

        The net sales decrease of cardiac surgery systems in 2004 can be explained primarily by:

    the sale of the Company's German and Italian perfusion services businesses in July 2003 and June 2004, respectively, which decreased net sales by $11.4 million;

    perfusion products in Japan, which decreased net sales by $3.8 million;

        partially offset by

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which increased net sales by $5.0 million (primarily the strengthening of the Euro and the Japanese yen against the United States dollar); and

    cannula products which increased net sales by $3.3 million.

        The net sales growth of cardiac surgery systems for 2003 resulted primarily from the following:

    the change in accounting for Japan increased net sales by $16.6 million;

    currency exchange rate fluctuations increased net sales by $6.4 million (primarily the strengthening of the Euro and Japanese yen against the United States dollar);

        partially offset by:

    the reduction of low-margin distributed product sales in North America, which decreased net sales by $3.9 million; and

    the sale of the Company's German perfusion services subsidiary in July 2003, which decreased net sales by $3.2 million.

        During the second quarter of 2004, the Company completed the sale of its Italian perfusion services business, which generated approximately $4.3 million of revenue in fiscal year 2003.

        In January 2005, the Company sold its Japan perfusion products business and expects to complete the transition of this business to the buyer in 2006. This business generated approximately $26.4 million in sales in 2004. Throughout the transition period, the Company will continue to act as supplier and expects sales of approximately half the level of 2004.

    Vascular

        The net sales growth of vascular products for 2004 resulted primarily from the following:

    currency exchange rate fluctuations increased net sales by $2.6 million (primarily the strengthening of the Euro and the Japanese yen against the United States dollar);

    sales of interventional products which increased net sales by $2.4 million;

    partially offset by the discontinuation of the Lifepath AAA program effective June 30, 2004, which decreased net sales by $2.6 million.

27


        The net sales growth of vascular products for 2003 resulted primarily from the following:

    currency exchange rate fluctuations increased net sales by $3.8 million (primarily the strengthening of the Euro and the Japanese yen against the United States dollar);

    the change in accounting for Japan increased net sales by $2.0 million;

    Lifepath AAA sales increased net sales by $1.3 million, primarily in Europe;

        partially offset by continued declines in base vascular products.

        During 2004, the Company continued to introduce LifeStent products in the United States and Europe. The Company believes the supply constraints experienced during 2004 have been resolved and sales are expected to increase during 2005. Customer feedback on the LifeStent products has been positive, and the Company continues to believe that there is a large opportunity in the peripheral stent market.

    Other Distributed Products

        The decrease in net sales of other distributed products in 2004 was due primarily to the Company's de-emphasis of certain lower margin distributed cardiology products in Japan. The net sales for 2003 increased primarily due to the impact of the change in accounting for Japan.

        The Company discontinued sales in Japan of certain lower margin distributed cardiology products effective September 2004. Additionally, the Company discontinued its distributed, low margin pacemaker business in Japan, in the first quarter of 2005. This product line generated sales of approximately $10.9 million in 2004.

    Gross Profit

 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Percentage Point
Increase

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2004
  2003
Gross profit as a percentage of net sales   60.3 % 58.2 % 57.5 % 2.1 pts.   0.7 pts.

        Gross profit as a percentage of net sales for 2004 increased compared to the prior year due primarily to the impact of foreign currency rate fluctuations, including hedging activities (1.3 percentage points), the elimination of certain lower margin businesses (0.6 percentage points), and increased sales of higher margin products partially offset by reimbursement decreases in Japan.

        The increase in gross profit as a percentage of net sales for 2003 resulted primarily from improved manufacturing performance (1.9 percentage points) and the benefit of the consolidation of the Japan business effective October 1, 2002 (0.7 percentage points), partially offset by increased hedging expenses (2.1 percentage points).

    Selling, General and Administrative ("SG&A") Expenses

 
  Years Ended December 31,
  Change
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2004
  2003
SG&A expenses   $ 319.9   $ 289.9   $ 227.9   $ 30.0   $ 62.0
SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales     34.3 %   33.7 %   32.4 %   0.6 pts.     1.3 pts.

        The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in 2004 was due primarily to higher international expenses due to changes in foreign exchange rates ($12.6 million) and higher sales and marketing expenses in the peripheral stent and heart valve therapy product lines in the United States.

28



        The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in 2003 resulted primarily from the change in accounting for the Japan business effective October 1, 2002 ($34.0 million), the impact of foreign currency rate fluctuations, primarily the strengthening of the Euro and Japanese yen against the United States dollar ($12.8 million), and activities in support of increased sales.

        The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales for 2004 was due primarily to the increased investment in United States sales and marketing expenses in the peripheral stent and heart valve therapy product lines, partially offset by the cost reductions made in the third quarter of 2003.

        The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales for 2003 resulted primarily from the consolidation of the Japan business effective October 1, 2002 (1.1 percentage point increase) and foreign currency rate fluctuations (0.2 percentage point increase, primarily the strengthening of the Euro and Japanese yen against the United States dollar).

    Research and Development Expenses

 
  Years Ended December 31,
  Change
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2004
  2003
Research and development expenses   $ 87.0   $ 72.8   $ 65.2   $ 14.2   $ 7.6
Research and development expenses as a percentage of net sales     9.3 %   8.5 %   9.3 %   0.8 pts.     (0.8) pts.

        The increase in research and development expenses for 2004 resulted primarily from additional investment in the Company's percutaneous valve programs and the amortization of the Percutaneous Valve Technologies, Inc. ("PVT") intangibles of $14.4 million, partially offset by reduced spending in the Lifepath AAA program.

        The increases in research and development expenses for 2003 resulted primarily from investments in a broad range of interventional technologies, including market expanding endovascular heart valve repair and replacement therapies, investments in the Company's peripheral vascular disease platform and other growth initiatives.

        Research and development expenses as a percentage of net sales for 2004 increased compared to the prior year due primarily to the amortization and additional research and development spending related to PVT.

        The decrease in research and development expenses as a percentage of net sales for 2003 resulted primarily from the consolidation of the Japan business effective October 1, 2002.

    Purchased in-process Research and Development Expenses

        On September 29, 2004, the Company acquired all technology and intellectual property associated with ev3, Inc.'s ("ev3") percutaneous mitral valve repair program for total consideration of $15.0 million. The acquisition is expected to be utilized in the Company's existing percutaneous mitral valve repair research and development efforts. At the time of the purchase, ev3 had been unsuccessful in developing a viable prototype and had discontinued the program. Additional design developments, bench testing, pre-clinical studies and human clinical studies must be successfully completed prior to selling any product. The risks and uncertainties associated with completing development within a reasonable period of time include those related to the design, development and manufacturability of the product, the success of pre-clinical and clinical studies, and the timing of European and United States regulatory approvals. Approximately $12.3 million of the purchase price was charged to in-process research and development. The value of the in-process research and development was calculated using cash flow projections discounted for the risk inherent in such projects. The discount

29


rate used was 30%. The valuation assumed approximately $39 million of additional research and development expenditures would be incurred prior to the date of product introduction. In the valuation, the Company estimated completion of the mitral valve repair program utilizing the intellectual property acquired from ev3 in 2009, and commencement of net cash inflows in 2010. The remaining fair market value of the assets purchased consisted primarily of patents unrelated to ev3's core mitral valve repair technology, which are being amortized over their estimated economic life of 19 years.

        On January 27, 2004, the Company acquired PVT, a development stage company, for $125.0 million in cash, net of cash acquired, plus up to an additional $30.0 million upon the achievement of key milestones through 2007. Included in PVT's technology is a catheter-based (percutaneous) approach for replacing aortic heart valves, comprised of a proprietary percutaneously-delivered balloon-expandable stent technology integrated with a tissue heart valve. Unlike conventional open-heart valve replacement surgery, this less-invasive procedure can be performed under local anesthesia and could potentially be a breakthrough for patients seeking an alternative to open-heart surgery.

        At the time of acquisition, the PVT aortic heart valve was being used in compassionate cases in Europe, and these clinical results had generated valuable feasibility data. It had been demonstrated that a heart valve could be successfully deployed and anchored using a catheter-based system. Also at that time, the Company was expecting to obtain a CE mark in Europe by the end of 2005 and to file for a Humanitarian Device Exemption ("HDE") in the United States. Upon approval of the HDE, the Company would be able to offer this device to as many as 4,000 patients per year. Broader commercialization in the United States was expected to begin with the submission of an Investigational Device Exemption ("IDE") by the end of the second quarter of 2004 followed by the commencement of a pivotal trial in 2005 and possible pre-market approval by the end of 2007. The risks and uncertainties associated with completing development within a reasonable period of time included those related to the design, development and manufacturability of the product, the success of pre-clinical and clinical studies and the timing of European and United States regulatory approvals.

        Approximately $81.0 million of the purchase price was charged to in-process research and development. The value of the in-process research and development was calculated using cash flow projections discounted for the risk inherent in such projects. The discount rate used was 25%. The valuation assumed approximately $20.9 million of additional research and development expenditures would be incurred prior to the date of product introduction. In the valuation, net cash inflows were forecasted to commence in 2007. The remaining fair market value of the net assets acquired consisted primarily of patents of $72.4 million that are being amortized over their estimated economic life of 11 years, and a deferred tax liability related to the patents of $28.1 million.

        On December 5, 2003, the Company acquired the stock of Whitland Research Limited ("Whitland") for $3.2 million in cash, although achievement of future milestones through 2006 could increase the total price to $5.6 million. Whitland was focused on the development of critical care monitoring technologies. The $3.2 million purchase price was allocated to acquired in-process research and development ($1.8 million) and patents ($1.4 million) based upon their estimated fair values. The patents are being amortized over their estimated useful life of 10 years.

        On February 18, 2003, the Company acquired the percutaneous mitral valve repair program of Jomed N.V. ("Jomed"), a European-based provider of products for minimally invasive cardiovascular intervention, for $20.0 million in cash. The acquisition included all technology and intellectual property associated with the program. At the acquisition date, the program, which was less than 50% complete, was involved in testing proprietary prototypes prior to initiating required pre-clinical studies and human clinicals. Additional design improvements, bench testing, pre-clinical studies and human clinical studies must be successfully completed prior to commercially selling the product in Europe and the United

30



States, which at the time of the transaction was expected in 2005 and 2006, respectively. The risks and uncertainties associated with completing development within a reasonable period of time included those related to the design, development and manufacturability of the product, the success of pre-clinical and clinical studies and the timing of European and United States regulatory approvals. Approximately $11.8 million of the purchase price was charged to in-process research and development. The value of the in-process research and development was calculated using cash flow projections discounted for the risk inherent in such projects. The discount rate used was 30%. The valuation assumed approximately $20.0 million of additional research and development expenditures would be incurred prior to the date of product introduction. In the valuation, material net cash inflows were forecasted to commence in 2008. The remaining fair market value of the assets acquired consisted primarily of patents that are being amortized over their estimated economic life of 17 years.

        Progress continues to be made on all of the purchased research and development programs. As of December 31, 2004 the programs related to the ev3 and Whitland acquisitions remained reasonably on track with the Company's original expectations. Although the PVT program remains reasonably on track with original expectations, the CE Mark is now expected in 2006, a conditional IDE was granted in the United States in January 2005, broad commercialization in the United States is anticipated in three to four years, and the HDE filing has been postponed. In January 2005, the Company commenced human feasibility studies of the product developed under the Jomed program. Commercialization of this product would be expected to occur in several years.

    Asset Impairments

        In September 2002, the Company recorded a $67.4 million charge related to the impairment of its investment in preferred stock of World Heart Corporation ("WorldHeart"). The investment was written down to $6.2 million, which represented the value of the Company's preferred stock investment had it been converted into common stock at October 15, 2002 (the closing date of September's books). The decision to record the charge was based primarily on WorldHeart's September 2002 decision to refocus its product development efforts by adopting a new design concept for a next generation product that resulted in a significant delay (approximately two years) in its product development timeline (with a revised commercial launch date of 2007) and impaired WorldHeart's competitive position. Accordingly, the Company concluded that sufficient risk existed that WorldHeart may be unable to fully liquidate the Company's investment in WorldHeart's preferred stock. The Company believed that the best objective indicator of the then fair value of its investment in WorldHeart's preferred stock was the market price of WorldHeart's common stock based upon the Company's expectation that the value of its preferred stock investment would be realized through the common stock, as opposed to redemption of the preferred stock. In December, 2004, the Company recorded an additional charge of $4.7 million related to the impairment of its investment in WorldHeart resulting from the decline in its stock price.

        Additionally, in 2004, the Company recorded charges totaling $4.3 million related to the other-than-temporary impairment of technology investments in three unconsolidated affiliates. Two of the affiliates had announced they were discontinuing their development efforts and the book value of those investments was reduced to the residual distribution Edwards Lifesciences expects to receive from those companies. The other affiliate performed a reset financing that reduced the net value per share for all existing investors. This investment is now recorded at the reduced value.

    Special Charges, net

    Discontinued Products

        Due to a re-prioritization of the Company's investment initiatives, the Company decided in March 2004 to discontinue its sales effort of its Lifepath AAA endovascular graft program. In the first quarter of 2004, the Company recorded a special charge of $8.4 million related primarily to inventory

31


and contractual clinical obligations. In addition, the Company discontinued certain lower margin cardiology products in Japan resulting in a charge of $2.2 million related primarily to other non-productive assets.

    Sale of Property Development Rights

        In November 2004, the Company recorded income of $7.4 million for the sale of property development rights in Irvine, California, that had no book value at the time of the sale.

    Charitable Fund

        In December 2004, the Company recorded a charge of $5.0 million for an irrevocable contribution to a third party to create a charitable fund.

    Severance Charge

        In July 2003, the Company recorded a charge of $13.0 million associated with a decision to streamline operations. The charge was related primarily to the severance costs associated with reducing the Company's worldwide workforce by 136 employees, primarily in the United States and Europe. As of December 31, 2004, $0.3 million of the charge remained unpaid.

    Baxter Arbitration Settlement

        In January 2004, the Company concluded a dispute resolution proceeding with Baxter. Each company sought reimbursement from the other for a variety of claims arising from the Company's spin-off from Baxter in April 2000. The resolution resulted in a $5.3 million charge related primarily to the valuation of receivables at the date of spin-off, and a $5.4 million increase to Additional Contributed Capital related to the true-up of the beginning balance of equity.

    Loss on Sale of Business

        Effective July 4, 2003, the Company sold its German perfusion services subsidiary to WKK GmbH, a German-based provider of hospital services, for a nominal amount. Sales generated by the German perfusion services subsidiary were approximately $3.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2003 and $6.6 million for the year 2002. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 100, "Restructuring and Impairment Charges," the Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $3.3 million in the second quarter of 2003 to reduce the carrying value of the subsidiary's assets to fair value based upon the proceeds from the sale.

    Pension Curtailment

        On November 4, 2003, the Company suspended its defined benefit pension plan in Puerto Rico ("the Plan"). Effective December 31, 2003, employees ceased earning additional defined benefits for future services. To mitigate the Puerto Rico employees' reduced benefits from the Plan's suspension, effective January 1, 2004, the Company increased its contributions to the Puerto Rico 1165(e) defined contribution plan. In accordance with SFAS No. 88, "Employers' Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits," the Company recorded a curtailment loss of $1.9 million during the fourth quarter 2003. As of December 31, 2004, the Plan's accumulated benefit obligation exceeded the fair value of its assets by $5.2 million.

32


    Spin-Off Expenses

        The Company recorded a $3.3 million charge for legal, administrative and regulatory expenses related to the October 2002 acquisition of the cardiovascular business in Japan (see "Joint Venture in Japan").

    Equity Earnings in Japan Operations

        Equity earnings in Japan operations were $11.0 million in 2002. Equity earnings in Japan operations represent the Company's 90% profit interest in the cardiovascular business in Japan effective from April 1, 2000 through September 30, 2002. For more information, see "Joint Venture in Japan."

    Interest Expense, net

        Interest expense, net was $14.2 million, $13.2 million and $11.5 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The increase in interest expense, net, for 2004 resulted primarily from a higher average debt balance, due largely to the financing of the PVT acquisition. The increase in interest expense, net for 2003 resulted primarily from the higher interest rate associated with the Company's fixed rate debt.

    Other (Income), net

        The following is a summary of other (income) expense, net (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Foreign exchange gain   $ (0.2 ) $ (10.6 ) $ (4.1 )
Legal settlements, net     (1.0 )       (14.7 )
Asset dispositions and write-downs         3.6     2.3  
Accounts receivable securitization costs     1.0     0.8     1.5  
Other     (0.2 )   1.5     (0.4 )
   
 
 
 
    $ (0.4 ) $ (4.7 ) $ (15.4 )
   
 
 
 

        Foreign exchange gains and losses relate to global trade and intercompany receivable and payable balances.

        Effective April 24, 2002, Edwards Lifesciences and Medtronic, Inc. entered into an agreement related to certain patent infringement claims pursuant to which the Company received a one-time cash payment of $20.0 million (recorded as a gain of $14.7 million, net of legal expenses).

33



    Provision for Income Taxes

        The effective income tax rates for 2004, 2003 and 2002 were impacted as follows (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Income tax expense at U.S. federal statutory rate   $ 10.5   $ 32.5   $ 19.6  
Foreign income tax at different rates     (22.5 )   (11.9 )   (10.6 )
Deemed dividends, net of foreign tax credit     2.5     6.2      
Tax credits, federal and state     (2.1 )   (2.1 )   (1.9 )
(Benefit) from Brazil reorganization         (13.7 )    
State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit and transactions listed separately     0.8     1.0     (0.1 )
(Benefit) on sale of perfusion services business             (20.1 )
Valuation allowance for loss on investments     6.6         13.8  
Nondeductible in-process research and development expenses     27.8          
Other     4.8     1.8     (0.4 )
   
 
 
 
Income tax expense   $ 28.4   $ 13.8   $ 0.3  
   
 
 
 

        Excluding the impact of in-process research and development expenses, asset impairments and special charges, net, noted above, the effective income tax rate was 26% for all years presented. The Company expects its effective income tax rate for recurring operations to be 26% for 2005.

        In exchange for the sale of the Novacor mechanical cardiac assist product line to WorldHeart in June 2000, the Company received WorldHeart preferred stock. In 2002, the investment in the WorldHeart preferred stock was deemed to be impaired and written down to its fair market value. A further write-down of the WorldHeart investment occurred in 2004. In addition, three other equity investments were deemed to be impaired and written down to fair market value in 2004. Due to the uncertainty of using any potential tax benefit for the losses, a valuation allowance of $13.8 million was established in 2002 and was increased by $6.6 million in 2004.

        Of the $81.0 million charge related to the PVT acquisition discussed above, $1.7 million related to tax deductible payments to exercise certain licensing options pursuant to the stock purchase agreement, and the remaining $79.3 million charge is permanently disallowed for income tax purposes.

        The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the "Act") was signed into law in October 2004, which allows companies to repatriate cash into the United States at a special, temporary effective tax rate of 5.25 percent. The Company's evaluation of the amount of foreign earnings to repatriate under the Act, and the financial statement impact, is in process. As such, the Company is not in a position to decide on whether, and to what extent, foreign earnings that have not been remitted to the United States may be repatriated. Based on analysis to date, however, it is reasonably possible that between $150 million and $250 million may be repatriated. The related potential range of the income tax effect of the repatriation cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. The Company expects to be in a position to finalize its assessment by the end of the third quarter 2005.

        During 2003, the Company commenced a legal reorganization of its Brazil subsidiary to improve its balance sheet and to enhance its ability to conduct business in Brazil. Since being acquired a number of years ago, this subsidiary has incurred net operating losses due primarily to the devaluation of the local currency and interest expense incurred on inter-company debt. In addition, the reorganization allowed the Company to recognize the accumulated losses and inter-company debt write-off under United States tax law, resulting in federal and state tax benefits of $13.7 million.

34


        During 2003, the Company recapitalized its Japan subsidiary. As a result, a deemed dividend occurred for United States tax purposes resulting in an incremental tax provision of $6.2 million, net of foreign tax credits.

        As a result of tax law developments in 2002, the Company recorded a $20.1 million tax benefit during 2002 related to the loss on sale of its United States perfusion services business in June 2001.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        The Company's sources of cash liquidity include cash on hand and cash equivalents, amounts available under credit facilities, accounts receivable securitization facilities and cash from operations. The Company believes that these sources are sufficient to fund the current requirements of working capital, capital expenditures and other financial commitments. The Company further believes that it has the financial flexibility to attract long-term capital to fund short-term and long-term growth objectives. However, no assurances can be given that such long-term capital will be available to Edwards Lifesciences on favorable terms, or at all.

        On June 28, 2004, the Company replaced its unsecured revolving credit agreement with a new unsecured five-year revolving credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement"), which will expire on June 26, 2009. The Credit Agreement provides up to an aggregate of $500.0 million in one- to six-month borrowings in multiple currencies. Borrowings currently bear interest at the London interbank offering rate ("LIBOR") plus 0.5%, which includes a facility fee and is subject to adjustment in the event of a change in the Company's leverage ratio, as defined by the Credit Agreement. The Company pays this facility fee regardless of available or outstanding borrowings, currently at an annual rate of 0.1%. All amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement have been classified as long-term obligations, as these borrowings will continue to be refinanced pursuant to the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2004, borrowings of $117.1 million were outstanding under the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement contains various financial and other covenants, all of which the Company was in compliance with as of December 31, 2004.

        As further discussed in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has two securitization programs whereby certain subsidiaries in the United States and Japan sell, without recourse, on a continuous basis, an undivided interest in certain eligible pools of accounts receivable. The significant benefits of the securitizations are lower cost of funds and differentiated sources of liquidity. The Company has been able to effectively lower its overall cost of funds as a result of the interest rate spreads it pays on these advances as opposed to borrowings under the current LIBOR based credit facility. Additionally, the Company believes that in diversifying its funding sources, the Company's funding availability in the capital markets is strengthened. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had sold a total of $90.4 million of trade accounts receivable and received funding of $80.4 million. The securitization program in the United States expires on December 19, 2005, and the Japan securitization program expires on December 3, 2005.

        On May 6, 2003, the Company's Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to purchase 2.0 million shares of the Company's outstanding common stock through December 31, 2005. In May 2004, the Board of Directors approved a second stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to purchase on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions up to an additional 2.0 million shares of the Company's common stock through December 31, 2006. Stock repurchased under these programs will be used primarily to offset obligations under the Company's employee stock option programs. During 2004, the Company repurchased 1.7 million shares at an aggregate cost of $59.1 million and also completed the first stock repurchase program.

35



        Net cash provided by operating activities in 2004 increased $38.5 million from 2003 due primarily to:

    higher earnings in 2004 adjusted for non-operating and non-cash items;

    increased net cash flows from payables and accrued liabilities from increased taxes payable; and

    increased net cash flows from receivables from improved days sales outstanding offsetting increased sales levels;

    partially offset by reduced cash flows from increases in inventories to build new product lines and support increased sales levels.

        Cash provided by operating activities in 2003 decreased $8.4 million from 2002 due primarily to:

    reduced cash inflows from accounts receivable securitization; and

    reduced cash inflows from increases in inventories

        partially offset by:

    higher earnings in 2003 before non-cash charges and credits;

    decreased net cash outflows from accounts and other receivables; and

    decreased net cash outflows from accounts payable and accrued expenses.

        Net cash used in investing activities in 2004 consisted primarily of the acquisition of PVT and the purchase of ev3's technology of $137.7 million, and capital expenditures of $42.5 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities in 2003 consisted primarily of the acquisition of Jomed, Whitland and Embol-X, Inc. of $33.2 million, and capital expenditures of $37.9 million.

        Net cash used in financing activities in 2004 consisted primarily of purchases of treasury stock of $59.1 million, partially offset by proceeds from stock plans of $30.5 million and net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt of $7.1 million.

        Cash used in financing activities in 2003 consisted primarily of purchases of treasury stock of $49.4 million and net payments on debt of $4.0 million, partially offset by proceeds from stock plans of $36.6 million.

        A summary of all of the Company's contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2004 were as follows (in millions):

 
  Payments Due By Period
Contractual Obligations

  Total
  Less Than
1 Year

  1-3
Years

  4-5
Years

  After 5
Years

Long-term debt   $ 267.1   $   $   $   $ 267.1
Interest on long-term debt     30.9     11.2     15.4     4.3    
Operating leases     49.8     13.1     20.4     15.2     1.1
Unconditional purchase obligations(a)     15.1     7.5     7.6        
Contractual development obligations(b)     31.9     4.3     3.6     4.0     20.0
   
 
 
 
 
Total contractual cash obligations   $ 394.8   $ 36.1   $ 47.0   $ 23.5   $ 288.2
   
 
 
 
 

(a)
Unconditional purchase obligations consist primarily of minimum purchase commitments of inventory.

(b)
Contractual development obligations consist primarily of cash that Edwards Lifesciences is obligated to pay to unconsolidated affiliates upon their achievement of product development milestones.

36


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The Company's results of operations and financial position are determined based upon the application of the Company's accounting policies, as discussed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Certain of the Company's accounting policies represent a selection among acceptable alternatives under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States ("GAAP"). In evaluating the Company's transactions, management assesses all relevant GAAP and chooses the accounting policy that most accurately reflects the nature of the transactions. Management has not determined how reported amounts would differ based on the application of different accounting policies. Management has also not determined the likelihood that materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.

        The application of accounting policies requires the use of judgment and estimates. As it relates to the Company, estimates and forecasts are required to determine sales returns and reserves, rebate reserves, allowances for doubtful accounts, reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, investments in unconsolidated affiliates, workers' compensation liabilities, employee benefit related liabilities, deferred tax asset valuation allowances, any impairments of assets, forecasted transactions to be hedged, litigation reserves and contingencies.

        These matters that are subject to judgments and estimation are inherently uncertain, and different amounts could be reported using different assumptions and estimates. Management uses its best estimates and judgments in determining the appropriate amount to reflect in the financial statements, using historical experience and all available information. The Company also uses outside experts where appropriate. The Company applies estimation methodologies consistently from year to year.

        The Company believes the following are the critical accounting policies which could have the most significant effect on the Company's reported results and require subjective or complex judgments by management.

    Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenue for sales when all of the following have occurred: an agreement of sale exists, product delivery and acceptance has occurred or services have been rendered, and collection is reasonably assured. In the case of certain products where the Company maintains consigned inventory at customer locations, revenue is recognized at the time the Company is notified that the customer has used the inventory. The Company enters into certain arrangements in which it commits to provide multiple elements to its customers. Revenue related to an individual element is deferred unless delivery of the element represents a separate earnings process. Total revenue for these arrangements is allocated among the elements based on the fair value of the individual elements, with the relative fair values determined based on objective evidence (generally based on sales of the individual element to other third parties). Management is required to make judgments about whether or not collectibility is reasonably assured.

        When the Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its products, an estimate of various sales returns and allowances is recorded which reduces product sales and accounts receivable. These adjustments include estimates for charge backs, rebates, returns, and other sales allowances. These provisions are estimated based upon historical payment experience, historical relationship to revenues, estimated customer inventory levels and current contract sales terms with wholesale and indirect customers. If the historical data and inventory estimates used to calculate these provisions does not properly reflect future activity, the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be impacted. The Company's estimates are subject to inherent limitations of estimates that rely on third-party data, as certain third-party information was itself in the form of estimates, and reflect other limitations.

37



    Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        The Company records allowances for doubtful accounts based on customer-specific analysis and general matters such as current assessments of past due balances and economic conditions. Additional allowances for doubtful accounts may be required if there is deterioration in past due balances, if economic conditions are less favorable than the Company has anticipated or for customer-specific circumstances, such as financial difficulty. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $4.5 million and $5.1 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

    Excess and Obsolete Inventory

        The Company records allowances for excess and obsolete inventory based on historical and estimated future demand and market conditions. Additional inventory allowances may be required if future demand or market conditions are less favorable than the Company has estimated. Inventory reserves result from inventory which is obsolete, nearing its expiration date (generally triggered at six months prior to expiration), or damaged or slow moving (defined as quantities in excess of a two year supply). The allowance for excess and obsolete inventory was $15.5 million and $8.5 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

    Patent Costs

        The Company expenses legal costs incurred for patent preparation and applications. The Company capitalizes legal costs related to the defense and enforcement of issued patents for which success is deemed probable. The related costs are amortized over the remaining useful lives of the patents using the straight-line method. Such deferred costs are periodically reviewed for impairment and recoverability. To the extent the Company is successful in its defense and enforcement of its patents and receives compensation for past infringement, costs capitalized in connection with the specific defense or enforcement are expensed as an offset against any gain received.

    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        As the Company's operations are comprised of one reporting unit, the Company reviews the recoverability of its goodwill by comparing the Company's fair value to the net book value of its assets. If the book value of the Company's assets exceeds the Company's fair value, the goodwill is written down to its implied fair value.

        Additionally, management reviews the carrying amounts of goodwill and other intangibles whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of an asset may not be recoverable. Impairment indicators include, among other conditions, cash flow deficits, historic or anticipated declines in revenue or operating profit and adverse legal or regulatory developments. If it is determined that such indicators are present and the review indicates that the assets will not be fully recoverable, based on undiscounted estimated cash flows over the remaining amortization periods, their carrying values are reduced to estimated fair market value. Estimated fair market value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. For the purposes of identifying and measuring impairment, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities.

    Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates

        Investments in unconsolidated affiliates are designated as available-for-sale in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." These investments are carried at fair market value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in stockholders' equity as Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss). Gains or losses on investments sold are

38


based on the specific identification method. The fair values of certain investments are based on quoted market prices. For other investments, various methods are used to estimate fair value, including external valuations and discounted cash flows. When the fair value of a certain investment declines below cost, management uses the following criteria to determine if such a decline should be considered other than temporary and result in a realized loss:

    the duration and extent to which the market value has been less than cost;

    the financial condition and near term prospects of the investee;

    the reasons for the decline in market value;

    the investee's performance against product development milestones; and

    the Company's ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.

    Income Taxes

        The Company records a liability for potential tax assessments based on its estimate of the potential exposure. New laws and new interpretations of laws and rulings by tax authorities may affect the liability for potential tax assessments. Due to the subjectivity and complex nature of the underlying issues, actual payments or assessments may differ from estimates. To the extent the Company's estimates differ from actual payments or assessments, income tax expense is adjusted. Additional information regarding income taxes is included in Note 16 of the consolidated financial statements.

        The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. At December 31, 2004, the Company had deferred tax assets of $130.5 million, partially offset by deferred tax liabilities of $60.9 million. The valuation allowance of $26.2 million as of December 31, 2004 reduces certain deferred tax assets to amounts that are more likely than not to be realized. This allowance primarily relates to the deferred tax assets established for certain investments and the net operating loss carryforwards of certain non-United States subsidiaries. The Company evaluates annually the realizability of its deferred tax assets by assessing its valuation allowance and by adjusting the amount of such allowance, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are the Company's forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in the applicable taxing jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company's effective tax rate on future earnings.

39


    Employee Stock Option and Stock Purchase Plans

        The Company applies the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," in accounting for its fixed stock option and employee stock purchase plans. In accordance with this intrinsic value method, no compensation expense is recognized for these plans. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation," (in millions, except per share amounts):

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Net income, as reported   $ 1.7   $ 79.0   $ 55.7  
  Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of tax     (15.7 )   (16.0 )   (15.3 )
   
 
 
 
Pro forma net income (loss)   $ (14.0 ) $ 63.0   $ 40.4  
   
 
 
 
Earnings per basic share:                    
  Reported net income   $ 0.03   $ 1.34   $ 0.94  
  Pro forma net income (loss)     (0.23 )   1.07     0.68  
Earnings per diluted share:                    
  Reported net income     0.03     1.29     0.91  
  Pro forma net income (loss)     (0.23 )   1.03     0.66  

        The per share weighted-average fair value for options granted during 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $11.96, $10.93, and $11.64, respectively. The fair value of each option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Average risk-free interest rate   3.5 % 2.5 % 4.4 %
Expected dividend yield   None   None   None  
Expected volatility   41 % 42 % 44 %
Expected life (years)   4   4   5  

        The pro forma expense for employee stock purchase subscriptions was calculated with the following weighted-average assumptions for grants during the following periods:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Average risk-free interest rate   2.2 % 1.3 % 2.1 %
Expected dividend yield   None   None   None  
Expected volatility   40 % 42 % 45 %
Expected life (years)   1   1   1  

        The expected volatility assumptions for the stock option and stock purchase plans used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model is estimated on the date of each grant.

Effects of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") issued EITF Abstract Issue No. 04-8 "The Effect of Contingently Convertible Debt on Diluted Earnings per Share." The abstract addresses when the dilutive effect of contingently convertible debt investments should be included in diluted earnings per share. This consensus is effective for reporting periods ending after December 15, 2004. Adoption of this consensus did not have an impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements but may have a minimal impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements in the future.

40



        In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, "Inventory Costs—an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4." This Statement amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, "Inventory Pricing," to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). This Statement is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company does not expect adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2004, the FASB issued a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." This Statement supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and its related implementation guidance. This Statement eliminates the alternative to use Opinion 25's intrinsic value method of accounting that was provided in Statement 123 as originally issued. Under Opinion 25, issuing stock options to employees generally resulted in recognition of no compensation cost. This Statement requires entities to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of those awards (with limited exceptions). This revision is effective for the first interim or annual reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005. The Company is still assessing the impact that adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements; however, the Company believes that adoption of this standard will result in a charge to reported earnings.


Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

        The Company's business and financial results are affected by fluctuations in world financial markets, including currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company's hedging policy attempts to manage these risks to an acceptable level based on management's judgment of the appropriate trade-off between risk, opportunity and costs.

        Edwards Lifesciences maintains an overall risk management strategy that utilizes a variety of interest rate and currency derivative financial instruments to mitigate its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and currency exchange rates. The derivative instruments used include interest rate swaps, option-based products and forward currency contracts. The Company does not use any of these instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The total notional amounts of the Company's derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were $448.3 million and $567.6 million, respectively. The notional amounts of interest rate swap agreements, option-based products, and forward currency contracts do not represent amounts exchanged by the parties and, are not a measure of the Company's exposure through its use of derivatives.

Interest Rate Risk

        The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements in managing its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Interest rate swap agreements are executed as an integral part of specific debt transactions or on a portfolio basis. The Company's interest rate swap agreements involve agreements to pay a fixed rate and receive a floating rate, at specified intervals, calculated on an agreed-upon notional amount.

        As part of its overall risk-management program the Company performs sensitivity analyses to assess potential gains and losses in earnings and changes in fair values to hypothetical movements in interest rates. A 54 basis-point increase in interest rates (approximately 10 percent of the Company's weighted average interest rate) affecting the Company's financial instruments, including debt obligations and related derivatives and investments, would have an immaterial effect on the Company's annual interest expense.

Currency Risk

        The Company is primarily exposed to currency exchange-rate risk with respect to its transactions and net assets denominated in Japanese yen and the Euro. Business activities in various currencies

41



expose the Company to the risk that the eventual net United States dollar cash inflows resulting from transactions with foreign customers and suppliers denominated in foreign currencies may be adversely affected by changes in currency exchange rates. The Company manages these risks utilizing various types of foreign exchange contracts. The Company also enters into foreign exchange contracts to hedge anticipated, but not yet committed, sales expected to be denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, the Company hedges certain of its net investments in international affiliates. Such contracts hedge the United States dollar value of foreign currency denominated net assets from the effects of volatility in currency exchange rates by creating debt denominated in the respective currencies of the underlying net assets. Any changes in the carrying value of these net investments that are a result of fluctuations in currency exchange rates are offset by changes in the carrying value of the foreign currency denominated debt that are a result of the same fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

        As part of the strategy to manage risk while minimizing hedging costs, the Company utilizes both foreign currency forward exchange contracts and option-based products in managing its exposure to currency rate fluctuations. Option-based products consist of purchased put options and at times written (sold) call options to create collars. Option-based products are agreements that either grant the Company the right to receive, or require the Company to make payments at, specified currency rate levels.

        As part of its risk-management process, the Company uses a value-at-risk ("VAR") methodology in connection with other management tools to assess and manage its foreign currency financial instruments and measure any potential loss in earnings as a result of adverse movements in currency exchange rates. The Company utilizes a Monte Carlo simulation, with a 95 percent confidence level, using spot and three-month implied volatilities as stochastic variables and correlations (as of the measurement date) to estimate this potential loss. The Company's calculated VAR at December 31, 2004 and 2003, with a maturity of up to one year, is $5.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively. This amount excludes the potential effects of any changes in the value of the underlying transactions or balances. The Company's calculated VAR exposure represents an estimate of reasonably possible net losses that would be recognized on its portfolio of financial instruments assuming hypothetical movements in future market rates and is not necessarily indicative of actual results which may occur. It does not represent the maximum possible loss or any expected loss that may occur. Actual future gains or losses may differ from (and could be significantly greater than) these estimates based upon actual fluctuations in market rates, operating exposures and the timing thereof, and changes in the Company's portfolio of derivatives during the measured periods. In addition, the assumption within the VAR model is that changes in currency exchange rates are adverse, which may not be the case. Any loss incurred on the financial instruments is expected to be offset by the effects of currency movements on the hedging of all exposures; there may be currency exchange-rate gains or losses in the future.

Credit Risk

        Derivative financial instruments used by the Company involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in the event a counter-party should default and market risk as the instruments are subject to rate and price fluctuations. Credit risk is managed through the use of credit standard guidelines, counter-party diversification, monitoring of counter-party financial condition and master-netting agreements in place with all derivative counter-parties. Credit exposure of derivative financial instruments is represented by the fair value effects of contracts with a positive fair value at December 31, 2004 reduced by the effects of master netting agreements. Additionally, at December 31, 2004, all derivative financial instruments, based on notional amounts, were with commercial banks and investment banking firms assigned investment grade ratings of "AA" or better by national rating agencies. The Company does not anticipate non-performance by its counter-parties and has no reserves related to non-performance as of December 31, 2004; the Company has not experienced any counterparty default during the four years ended December 31, 2004.

42



Concentrations of Credit Risk

        In the normal course of business, Edwards Lifesciences provides credit to customers in the health care industry, performs credit evaluations of these customers and maintains reserves for potential credit losses which, when realized, have been within the range of management's allowance for doubtful accounts during all periods presented.

        Sales to Baxter, acting in the capacity of the Company's distributor subsequent to the tax-free spin-off of Edwards Lifesciences from Baxter, represented approximately 8% of the Company's total net sales for 2002. Substantially all of these agreements had been terminated as of December 31, 2002. In 2004, the Company had no customers that represent greater than 10% of its total net sales or accounts receivable, net.

Investment Risk

        Edwards Lifesciences is exposed to investment risks related to changes in the fair values of its investments. The Company invests in equity instruments of public and private companies. These investments are classified in "Investments in unconsolidated affiliates" on the consolidated balance sheets.

        In 2002, the Company recorded a $67.4 million pretax charge related to the impairment of its investment in preferred stock of WorldHeart. The investment was written down to $6.2 million, which represented the value of the Company's preferred stock investment had it been converted into common stock at October 15, 2002. The decision to record the charge was based primarily on delays in WorldHeart's product development timelines, arising from its revised strategy. A further impairment of $4.7 million was charged in 2004 resulting from the decline in WorldHeart's stock price. Should WorldHeart fail to meet certain future development and financing milestones, further impairment charges may be necessary.

        In addition to the investment in WorldHeart ($1.5 million at December 31, 2004), Edwards Lifesciences had approximately $19.1 million of investments in equity instruments of other companies. At December 31, 2004, the Company had recorded unrealized losses of $4.5 million on these investments in "Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income," net of tax. Management considers these declines temporary in nature based upon the individual companies' operating results, financial condition and achievement of product development milestones. Should these companies experience a decline in financial condition or fail to meet certain development milestones, the decline in the investments' values may be considered other than temporary and impairment charges may be necessary.


Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Report of Management

        The management of Edwards Lifesciences is responsible for the integrity of the financial information presented in this Form 10-K. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Where necessary, they reflect estimates based on management's judgment.

        Management relies upon established accounting procedures and related systems of internal control for meeting its responsibilities to maintain reliable financial records. These systems are designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and that transactions are properly recorded and executed in accordance with management's intentions. Internal auditors periodically review the accounting and control systems, and these systems are revised if and when weaknesses or deficiencies are found.

43


        The Audit and Public Policy Committee of the Board of Directors, composed of directors from outside the Company, meets regularly with management, the Company's internal auditors and its independent auditors to discuss audit scope and results, internal control evaluations, and other accounting, reporting and financial matters. The independent registered public accounting firm and internal auditors have access to the Audit and Public Policy Committee without management's presence.

    /s/  MICHAEL A. MUSSALLEM      
Michael A. Mussallem
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

/s/  
CORINNE H. LYLE      
Corinne H. Lyle
Corporate Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

44



INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE
DECEMBER 31, 2004

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   46

Financial Statements:

 

 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

48
 
For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 

 
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

49
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

50
   
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

51
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

53

Financial statement schedule for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 

 
 
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

85
 
Other schedules are not applicable and have not been submitted

 

 

45



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation:

        We have completed an integrated audit of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation's (the "Company") 2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 and audits of its 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Internal control over financial reporting

        Also, in our opinion, management's assessment, included in Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management's assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management's assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

46



        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Orange County, California
March 4, 2005

47



EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except share data)

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
ASSETS              
Current assets              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 48.9   $ 61.1  
  Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $4.5 and $5.1 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively     104.1     97.5  
  Other receivables     15.3     21.0  
  Inventories, net     127.7     120.5  
  Deferred income taxes     21.1     11.9  
  Prepaid expenses     42.2     41.8  
  Other current assets     8.2     6.4  
   
 
 
    Total current assets     367.5     360.2  
Property, plant and equipment, net     201.7     209.9  
Goodwill     337.7     338.2  
Other intangible assets, net     152.6     81.0  
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates     20.6     35.4  
Deferred income taxes     22.3     59.3  
Other assets     10.3     17.4  
   
 
 
    Total assets   $ 1,112.7   $ 1,101.4  
   
 
 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Current liabilities              
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     195.4   $ 184.1  
   
 
 
Long-term debt     267.1     255.8  
   
 
 
Other long-term liabilities     22.1     26.4  
   
 
 
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Notes 8, 10 and 17)              

Stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 50,000,000 shares, no shares outstanding          
  Common stock, $1.00 par value, 350,0000,000 shares authorized, 64,242,836 and 62,572,250 shares issued, 59,438,236 and 59,480,850 shares outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively     64.2     62.6  
  Additional contributed capital     500.6     463.2  
  Retained earnings     224.1     222.4  
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     (20.8 )   (32.2 )
  Common stock in treasury, at cost, 4,804,600 and 3,091,400 shares at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively     (140.0 )   (80.9 )
   
 
 
    Total stockholders' equity     628.1     635.1  
   
 
 
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 1,112.7   $ 1,101.4  
   
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

48



EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions, except per share information)

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Net sales   $ 931.5   $ 860.5   $ 704.0  
  Cost of goods sold     370.2     359.4     299.1  
   
 
 
 
Gross profit     561.3     501.1     404.9  
  Selling, general and administrative expenses     319.9     289.9     227.9  
  Research and development expenses     87.0     72.8     65.2  
  Purchased in-process research and development expenses (Note 4)     93.3     13.6      
  Asset impairments (Note 5)     9.0         67.4  
  Special charges, net (Note 6)     8.2     23.5     3.3  
  Equity earnings in Japan operations (Note 1)             (11.0 )
  Interest expense, net     14.2     13.2     11.5  
  Other (income), net (Note 15)     (0.4 )   (4.7 )   (15.4 )
   
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes     30.1     92.8     56.0  
  Provision for income taxes     28.4     13.8     0.3  
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 1.7   $ 79.0   $ 55.7  
   
 
 
 
Share information (Note 2):                    
  Earnings per share:                    
    Basic   $ 0.03   $ 1.34   $ 0.94  
    Diluted   $ 0.03   $ 1.29   $ 0.91  
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    Basic     59.6     59.1     59.0  
    Diluted     62.0     61.1     61.3  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

49



EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Cash flows from operating activities                    
  Net income   $ 1.7   $ 79.0   $ 55.7  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:                    
      Depreciation and amortization     55.7     45.6     40.4  
      Deferred income taxes     0.8     5.3     (13.8 )
      Purchased in-process research and development     93.3     13.6      
      Special charges, losses and impairments     19.6     7.1     68.9  
      Other     6.7     5.2     8.7  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                    
      Accounts and other receivables     7.1     (11.0 )   (32.0 )
      Accounts receivable securitization     2.5     6.2     29.9  
      Inventories     (7.1 )   4.2     13.3  
      Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     13.0     (8.4 )   (17.6 )
      Prepaid expenses     (7.2 )   3.1     (2.0 )
      Other     (5.5 )   (7.8 )   (1.0 )
   
 
 
 
        Net cash provided by operating activities     180.6     142.1     150.5  
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities                    
  Capital expenditures     (42.5 )   (37.9 )   (40.7 )
  Investments in intangible assets     (11.0 )   (6.6 )   (7.0 )
  Investments in unconsolidated affiliates     (1.0 )   (4.4 )   (5.7 )
  Proceeds from asset dispositions     11.0     6.0     4.1  
  Acquisitions     (137.7 )   (33.2 )   (19.0 )
  Proceeds from sale of business     4.1          
  Other         (0.8 )    
   
 
 
 
        Net cash used in investing activities     (177.1 )   (76.9 )   (68.3 )
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities                    
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt     285.7     333.4     150.9  
  Payments on long-term debt     (278.6 )   (337.4 )   (231.9 )
  Purchases of treasury stock     (59.1 )   (49.4 )   (30.8 )
  Proceeds from stock plans     30.5     36.6     13.7  
  Other     1.0     (4.4 )   (1.3 )
   
 
 
 
        Net cash used in financing activities     (20.5 )   (21.2 )   (99.4 )
   
 
 
 
Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     4.8     (17.1 )   3.7  
   
 
 
 
        Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (12.2 )   26.9     (13.5 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     61.1     34.2     47.7  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 48.9   $ 61.1   $ 34.2  
   
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosures:                    
Cash paid during the year for:                    
  Interest   $ 12.9   $ 11.9   $ 9.8  
  Income taxes   $ 11.4   $ 14.1   $ 10.4  
Non-cash transactions:                    
  Purchase of intangible assets in exchange for stock       $ 3.0      

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

50



EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in millions)

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
COMMON STOCK                    
Beginning of year   $ 62.6   $ 60.2   $ 59.3  
Common stock issued under employee benefit plans     1.6     2.4     0.9  
   
 
 
 
End of year   $ 64.2   $ 62.6   $ 60.2  
   
 
 
 
ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTED CAPITAL                    
Beginning of year   $ 463.2   $ 412.0   $ 287.2  
Common stock issued under employee benefit plans     28.9     35.1     12.8  
Tax benefit from exercise of non-qualified stock options     8.0     10.6      
Resolution of Baxter arbitration (Note 6)         5.4      
Stock options issued to non-employees     0.5     0.1     1.2  
Acquisition of joint venture in Japan (Notes 1 and 3)             110.8  
   
 
 
 
End of year   $ 500.6   $ 463.2   $ 412.0  
   
 
 
 
RETAINED EARNINGS                    
Beginning of year   $ 222.4   $ 143.4   $ 87.7  
Net income     1.7     79.0     55.7  
   
 
 
 
End of year     224.1   $ 222.4   $ 143.4  
   
 
 
 
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)                    
Beginning of year   $ (32.2 ) $ (44.7 ) $ 25.2  
Other comprehensive income (loss)     11.4     12.5     (69.9 )
   
 
 
 
End of year   $ (20.8 ) $ (32.2 ) $ (44.7 )
   
 
 
 
TREASURY STOCK                    
Beginning of year   $ (80.9 ) $ (31.5 ) $ (0.7 )
Purchases of stock     (59.1 )   (49.4 )   (30.8 )
   
 
 
 
End of year   $ (140.0 ) $ (80.9 ) $ (31.5 )
   
 
 
 
  Total stockholders' equity   $ 628.1   $ 635.1   $ 539.4  
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

51


 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)                    
Net income   $ 1.7   $ 79.0   $ 55.7  
   
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):                    
  Currency translation adjustments, net of tax     16.6     6.5     (8.0 )
  Currency translation adjustment in connection with the acquisition of joint venture in Japan (Notes 1 and 3)             (47.8 )
  Pension adjustments, net of tax     (3.5 )   1.2     (1.7 )
  Unrealized net gain (loss) on investments in unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax     (4.1 )   6.3     (1.7 )
  Net unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges, net of tax     2.4     (1.5 )   (10.7 )
   
 
 
 
  Other comprehensive income (loss)     11.4     12.5     (69.9 )
   
 
 
 
    Total comprehensive income (loss)   $ 13.1   $ 91.5   $ (14.2 )
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

52



EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        Edwards Lifesciences is a global provider of products and technologies that are designed to treat advanced cardiovascular disease. Edwards Lifesciences focuses on providing products and technologies to address specific cardiovascular opportunities: heart valve disease; peripheral vascular disease; and critical care technologies.

        The products and services provided by Edwards Lifesciences to treat cardiovascular disease are categorized into five main areas: Heart Valve Therapy, Critical Care, Cardiac Surgery Systems, Vascular, and Other Distributed Products.

        Edwards Lifesciences Corporation was incorporated under the original name of CVG Controlled Inc. in Delaware on September 10, 1999. Unless the context indicates otherwise, references to the "Company" and "Edwards Lifesciences" refer to Edwards Lifesciences Corporation and its subsidiaries.

    Joint Venture in Japan

        From April 1, 2000 to September 30, 2002, the cardiovascular business in Japan was being operated pursuant to a joint venture under which a subsidiary of Edwards Lifesciences held a 90% profit interest. During that time, Edwards Lifesciences (a) recognized its shipments into the joint venture as sales at distributor price at the time the joint venture sold to the end customer and (b) utilized the equity method of accounting to record its 90% profit interest in the operations of the joint venture in Other Income. On October 1, 2002, the Company acquired from Baxter International Inc. ("Baxter") the cardiovascular business in Japan and began reporting Japan's results on a fully consolidated basis. See Note 3 for more information.

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Edwards Lifesciences and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications of previously reported amounts have been made to conform to classifications used in the current year.

Use of Estimates

        The consolidated financial statements of Edwards Lifesciences have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States ("GAAP") which have been applied consistently in all material respects. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used in accounting for, among other items, sales returns and reserves, rebate reserves, allowances for doubtful accounts, excess and obsolete inventory, investments in unconsolidated affiliates, workers compensation, employee benefits, income taxes, asset impairment, forecasted transactions to be hedged, litigation reserves and contingencies.

53



Foreign Currency Translation

        The Company follows the principles of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 52, "Foreign Currency Translation." Accordingly, when the local currency of its foreign entities is the functional currency, all assets and liabilities are translated into United States dollars at the rate of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the weighted average exchange rate prevailing during the period. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments for these entities are deferred and reported in stockholders' equity as Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss). The effects of foreign currency transactions denominated in a currency other than its foreign entities' functional currency are included in Other (Income), net and totaled net income of $0.2 million, $10.6 million and $4.1 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenue for sales when all of the following have occurred: an agreement of sale exists, product delivery and acceptance has occurred or services have been rendered, and collection is reasonably assured. In the case of certain products where the Company maintains consigned inventory at customer locations, revenue is recognized at the time the Company is notified that the customer has used the inventory. The Company enters into certain arrangements in which it commits to provide multiple elements to its customers. Revenue related to an individual element is deferred unless delivery of the element represents a separate earnings process. Total revenue for these arrangements is allocated among the elements based on the fair value of the individual elements, with the relative fair values determined based on objective evidence (generally based on sales of the individual element to other third parties).

        When the Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its products, an estimate of various sales returns and allowances is recorded which reduces product sales and accounts receivable. These adjustments include estimates for charge backs, rebates, returns, and other sales allowances. These provisions are estimated based upon historical payment experience, historical relationship to revenues, estimated customer inventory levels and current contract sales terms with wholesale and indirect customers. If the historical data and inventory estimates used to calculate these provisions do not properly reflect future activity, the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be impacted. The Company's estimates are subject to inherent limitations of estimates that rely on third-party data, as certain third-party information was itself in the form of estimates, and reflect other limitations.

Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are valued at cost, which approximates fair value.

Accounts Receivable Securitization

        The Company accounts for the securitization of accounts receivable in accordance with SFAS No. 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities." When the Company sells accounts receivable in securitizations, a subordinated residual interest in the securitized portfolio is retained by the Company and recorded in Other Current Assets. Gain or loss on sale of the accounts receivable depends in part on the previous carrying amount of the financial assets

54



involved in the transfer, allocated between the assets sold and the residual interests based on their relative fair value at the date of transfer. Because quoted market prices are generally not available to determine the Company's fair value of the residual interest, the Company estimates the fair value of the residual interest by estimating future expected credit losses to determine the future expected cash flows, which generally approximate fair value given the securitized portfolio's short-term weighted average life. At the time the receivables are sold, the balances are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Costs associated with the sale of receivables, primarily related to the discount and loss on sale, are included in Other (Income), net.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market value. Market value for raw materials is based on replacement costs, and for other inventory classifications is based on net realizable value.

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Raw materials   $ 22.2   $ 20.4
Work in process     18.9     16.7
Finished products     86.6     83.4
   
 
    $ 127.7   $ 120.5
   
 

        Inventory reserves result from inventory which is obsolete, is nearing its expiration date (generally triggered at six months prior to expiration), or is damaged or slow moving (defined as quantities in excess of a two year supply). Reserves for excess and obsolete inventory were approximately $15.5 million and $8.5 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company allocated $9.8 million, $9.8 million and $9.8 million, respectively, of general and administrative costs to inventory. General and administrative costs included in both the December 31, 2004 and 2003 inventory balances were $3.5 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization are principally calculated for financial reporting purposes on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from 20 to 40 years for buildings and improvements and from 3 to 11 years for machinery and equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the

55



related facility leases or the asset, whichever is shorter. Straight-line and accelerated methods of depreciation are used for income tax purposes.

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Land   $ 17.9   $ 30.1  
Buildings and leasehold improvements     78.7     67.4  
Machinery and equipment     219.7     204.6  
Equipment with customers     108.5     104.8  
Construction in progress     13.5     17.2  
   
 
 
      438.3     424.1  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (236.6 )   (214.2 )
   
 
 
    $ 201.7   $ 209.9  
   
 
 

        Depreciation and amortization expense for plant and equipment was $36.8 million, $34.6 million and $29.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Repairs and maintenance expense was $12.6 million, $12.1 million and $9.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        As the Company's operations are comprised of one reporting unit, the Company reviews the recoverability of its goodwill by comparing the Company's fair value to the net book value of its assets. If the book value of the Company's assets exceeds the Company's fair value, the goodwill is written down to its implied fair value.

        Additionally, management reviews the carrying amounts of other intangibles whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of an asset may not be recoverable. Impairment indicators include, among other conditions, cash flow deficits, historic or anticipated declines in revenue or operating profit and adverse legal or regulatory developments. If it is determined that such indicators are present and the review indicates that the assets will not be fully recoverable, based on undiscounted estimated cash flows over the remaining amortization periods, their carrying values are reduced to estimated fair market value. Estimated fair market value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. For the purposes of identifying and measuring impairment, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities.

Patent Costs

        The Company expenses legal costs incurred for patent preparation and applications. The Company capitalizes legal costs related to the defense and enforcement of issued patents for which success is deemed probable. The related costs are amortized over the remaining useful lives of the patents using the straight-line method. Such deferred costs are periodically reviewed for impairment and recoverability. To the extent the Company is successful in its defense and enforcement of its patents

56



and receives compensation for past infringement, costs capitalized in connection with the specific defense or enforcement are expensed as an offset against any gain received.

Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates

        The Company has made investments in the equity instruments of other companies. These investments in unconsolidated affiliates are designated as available-for-sale in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." These investments are carried at fair market value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in stockholders' equity as Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss). Gains or losses on investments sold are based on the specific identification method. The fair values of certain investments are based on quoted market prices. For other investments, various methods are used to estimate fair value, including external valuations and discounted cash flows. When the fair value of a certain investment declines below cost, management uses the following criteria to determine if such a decline should be considered other than temporary and result in a realized loss:

    the duration and extent to which the market value has been less than cost;

    the financial condition and near term prospects of the investee;

    the reasons for the decline in market value;

    the investee's performance against product development milestones; and

    the Company's ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company had a $7.5 million unrealized loss related to a $12.6 million investment in a publicly traded company. Although the trading value of the Company's investment has been less than the Company's original cost for greater than one year, the Company believes that this unrealized loss is temporary in nature due to the investee's successful performance against product development milestones and the historical high volatility of their stock prices. Additionally, the Company has the ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.

Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. The Company evaluates annually the realizability of its deferred tax assets by assessing its valuation allowance and by adjusting the amount of such allowance, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are the Company's forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in the applicable taxing jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company's effective tax rate on future earnings.

57


Research and Development Costs

        Research and development costs are charged to expense when incurred.

Earnings per Share

        Earnings per share are calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share," which requires the Company to report both basic earnings per share, based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, and diluted earnings per share, based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding adjusted to include the potentially dilutive effect of outstanding stock options.

        The Company has adopted Emerging Issues Task Force 04-8. In accordance with this standard, the contingently convertible senior debentures issued by the Company in May 2003 are included in the diluted earnings per share calculations, if dilutive, regardless of whether the contingencies have been met. The adoption of this standard did not have an impact on the Company's diluted earnings per share for either the years ended December 31, 2004 or 2003.

        A reconciliation of the shares used in the basic and diluted per share computations is as follows (in millions):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Basic shares outstanding   59.6   59.1   59.0
Dilutive effect of employee stock options   2.4   2.0   2.3
   
 
 
Diluted shares outstanding   62.0   61.1   61.3
   
 
 

        Diluted earnings per share excludes 3.2 million and 2.1 million shares related to options for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. These options were excluded because the exercise price per share was greater than the average market price, resulting in an anti-dilutive effect on diluted earnings per share. The effect of approximately 2.7 million common shares relating to the Company's $150.0 million convertible debentures due 2033 has been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 because the result is anti-dilutive.

Employee Stock Option and Stock Purchase Plans

        The Company applies the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," in accounting for its fixed stock option and employee stock purchase plans. In accordance with this intrinsic value method, no compensation expense is recognized for these plans. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company

58



had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" (in millions, except per share amounts):

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Net income, as reported   $ 1.7   $ 79.0   $ 55.7  
  Deduct: total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of tax     (15.7 )   (16.0 )   (15.3 )
   
 
 
 
Pro forma net (loss) income   $ (14.0 ) $ 63.0   $ 40.4  
   
 
 
 
Earnings per basic share:                    
  Reported net income   $ 0.03   $ 1.34   $ 0.94  
  Pro forma net income (loss)     (0.23 )   1.07     0.68  
Earnings per diluted share:                    
  Reported net income (loss)     0.03     1.29     0.91  
  Pro forma net income (loss)     (0.23 )   1.03     0.66  

        The per share weighted-average fair value for options granted during 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $11.96, $10.93, and $11.64, respectively. The fair value of each option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Average risk-free interest rate   3.5 % 2.5 % 4.4 %
Expected dividend yield   None   None   None  
Expected volatility   41 % 42 % 44 %
Expected life (years)   4   4   5  

        The pro forma expense for employee stock purchase subscriptions was calculated with the following weighted-average assumptions for grants during the following periods:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Average risk-free interest rate   2.2 % 1.3 % 2.1 %
Expected dividend yield   None   None   None  
Expected volatility   40 % 42 % 45 %
Expected life (years)   1   1   1  

        The expected volatility assumptions for the stock option and stock purchase plans used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model is estimated on the date of each grant.

Derivatives

        Edwards Lifesciences maintains an overall risk management strategy that incorporates the use of a variety of interest rate and currency derivative financial instruments to mitigate its exposure to significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings caused by volatility in interest rate and currency exchange rates. Derivative instruments that are used as part of the Company's interest and foreign exchange rate management strategy include interest rate swaps, option-based products and forward exchange contracts. As of December 31, 2004, all of these derivative instruments are designated as hedges of

59



underlying exposures. Edwards Lifesciences does not use any of these instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

        The Company uses interest rate swaps to convert floating-rate debt to fixed-rate debt. The Company's interest rate swap agreements involve agreements to pay a fixed rate and receive a floating rate, at specified intervals, calculated on an agreed-upon notional amount. The debt and amounts that the Company hedges are determined based on prevailing market conditions and the current shape of the yield curve. Interest rate swap agreements are executed as an integral part of specific debt transactions.

        The Company utilizes forward exchange contracts and option contracts to hedge a portion of its exposure to forecasted intercompany and third party foreign currency transactions. These contracts provide for the purchase or sale of foreign currencies at specified future dates at specified exchange rates. These contracts are entered into to reduce the risk that the Company's earnings and cash flows resulting from certain forecasted transactions will be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

        Derivative instruments used by Edwards Lifesciences involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk, in the event a counterparty should default, and market risk, as the instruments are subject to rate and price fluctuations. Credit risk is managed through the use of credit standard guidelines, counterparty diversification, monitoring of counterparty financial condition and International Swap Dealers Association master netting agreements in place with all derivative counterparties. All derivative financial instruments are with commercial banks and investment banking firms assigned investment grade ratings of "AA" or better with national rating agencies.

        All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair value. On the date that the Company enters into a derivative contract, it designates the derivative as either (a) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows that are to be received or paid in connection with a recognized asset or liability (a "cash flow" hedge), or (b) a hedge of an exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or an unrecognized firm commitment (a "fair value" hedge). Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge to the extent that the hedge is effective, are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows of the hedged transaction (e.g., until periodic settlements of a variable asset or liability are recorded in earnings). Any hedge ineffectiveness (which represents the amount by which the changes in the fair value of the derivative exceed the variability in the cash flows of the forecasted transaction) is recorded in current-period earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, are recorded in either current-period earnings or Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), depending on whether the hedging relationship satisfies the criteria for a fair-value or cash flow hedge.

        The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges or specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Company also formally assesses (both at the hedge's inception and on an ongoing basis) whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of hedged items and whether those

60



derivatives may be expected to remain highly effective in future periods. All components of each derivative's gain or loss are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

        When it is determined that a derivative is not, or has ceased to be, highly effective as a hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively. A derivative ceases to be highly effective when (a) the Company determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of a hedged item such as firm commitments or forecasted transactions, (b) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur, (c) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or (d) management determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.

        When the Company discontinues hedge accounting because it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur in the originally expected period, the gain or loss on the derivative remains in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) and is reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. However, if it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur by the end of the originally specified time period or within an additional two-month period of time thereafter, the gains and losses that were accumulated in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) will be recognized immediately in earnings. In a situation in which hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative remains outstanding, the Company will carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet, recognizing changes in the fair value in current-period earnings.

Comprehensive Income

        Comprehensive income encompasses all changes in equity other than those arising from transactions with stockholders, and consists of net income, currency translation adjustments, pension adjustments, unrealized net gains and losses on cash flow hedges and investments in unconsolidated affiliates classified (or held) as available-for-sale.

Effects of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, "Inventory Costs—an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4." This Statement amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, "Inventory Pricing," to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). This Statement is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company does not expect adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2004, the FASB issued a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." This Statement supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and its related implementation guidance. This Statement eliminates the alternative to use Opinion 25's intrinsic value method of accounting that was provided in Statement 123 as originally issued. Under Opinion 25, issuing stock options to employees generally resulted in recognition of no compensation cost. This Statement requires entities to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of those awards (with limited exceptions). This revision is effective for the first interim or annual reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005. The Company is still assessing the impact that adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements; however, the Company believes that adoption of this standard will result in a charge to reported earnings.

61


3.    ACQUISITION OF JOINT VENTURE IN JAPAN

        On October 1, 2002, the Company acquired from Baxter for $19.0 million, net, the cardiovascular business in Japan. The purchase price excluded approximately $30 million of securitized accounts receivable. In the three months ended September 30, 2002, the Company recorded a $3.3 million charge for legal, administrative and regulatory expenses related to the acquisition reflected in special charges on the Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2002. Commencing October 1, 2002, the Company began reporting the results of the Japan business on a fully consolidated basis. The acquisition did not materially impact the Company's net income as the terms of the joint venture agreement enabled Edwards Lifesciences to record substantially all of the net profit generated by the Japan business (see Note 1).

        The acquisition of the cardiovascular business in Japan was accounted for using the predecessor basis of accounting, whereby acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their historical balances.

        The following unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002 presents the results of Edwards Lifesciences assuming that the acquisition of the cardiovascular business in Japan had been completed as of January 1, 2002 (in millions, except per share information):

 
  Pro Forma Adjustments
 
 
  Historical
  Japan
Operating
Results(a)

  Other(b)
  Pro Forma
 
Net sales   $ 704.0   $ 77.2   $   $ 781.2  
  Cost of goods sold     299.1     31.0         330.1  
   
 
 
 
 
Gross profit     404.9     46.2         451.1  
  Selling, general and administrative expenses     227.9     34.0         261.9  
  Research and development expenses     65.2     2.5         67.7  
  Disposition of assets and other charges, net     67.4             67.4  
  Non-recurring spin-off expenses     3.3             3.3  
  Equity earnings in Japan operations     (11.0 )   11.0          
  Interest expense, net     11.5         0.8     12.3  
  Other income, net     (15.4 )   (1.5 )       (16.9 )
   
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes     56.0     0.2     (0.8 )   55.4  
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes     0.3     0.1     (0.2 )   0.2  
   
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 55.7   $ 0.1   $ (0.6 ) $ 55.2  
   
 
 
 
 
Share information:                          
  Earnings per basic share   $ 0.94               $ 0.94  
  Earnings per diluted share     0.91                 0.90  

Notes:

(a)
To reflect Edwards Lifesciences' Japanese business on a consolidated basis for the full year ended December 31, 2002.

(b)
To reflect estimated interest expense that would have been incurred by the Company based on incurrence of $19.0 million of debt at an effective interest rate of 5%.

62


4.    PURCHASED IN-PROCESS RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSE

        On September 29, 2004, the Company acquired all technology and intellectual property associated with ev3, Inc.'s ("ev3") percutaneous mitral valve repair program for total consideration of $15.0 million. The acquisition is expected to be utilized in the Company's existing percutaneous mitral valve repair research and development efforts. At the time of the purchase, ev3 had been unsuccessful in developing a viable prototype and had discontinued the program. Additional design developments, bench testing, pre-clinical studies and human clinical studies must be successfully completed prior to selling any product. The risks and uncertainties associated with completing development within a reasonable period of time include those related to the design, development and manufacturability of the product, the success of pre-clinical and clinical studies, and the timing of European and United States regulatory approvals. Approximately $12.3 million of the purchase price was charged to in-process research and development. The value of the in-process research and development was calculated using cash flow projections discounted for the risk inherent in such projects. The discount rate used was 30%. The valuation assumed approximately $39 million of additional research and development expenditures would be incurred prior to the date of product introduction. In the valuation, the Company estimated completion of the mitral valve repair program utilizing the intellectual property acquired from ev3 in 2009, and commencement of net cash inflows in 2010. The remaining fair market value of the assets purchased consisted primarily of patents unrelated to ev3's core mitral valve repair technology, which are being amortized over their estimated economic life of 19 years.

        On January 27, 2004, the Company acquired Percutaneous Valve Technologies, Inc. ("PVT"), a development stage company, for $125.0 million in cash, net of cash acquired, plus up to an additional $30.0 million upon the achievement of key milestones through 2007. Included in PVT's technology is a catheter-based (percutaneous) approach for replacing aortic heart valves, comprised of a proprietary percutaneously-delivered balloon-expandable stent technology integrated with a tissue heart valve. Unlike conventional open-heart valve replacement surgery, this less-invasive procedure can be performed under local anesthesia and could potentially be a breakthrough for patients seeking an alternative to open-heart surgery.

        At the time of acquisition, the PVT aortic heart valve was being used in compassionate cases in Europe, and these clinical results had generated valuable feasibility data. It had been demonstrated that a heart valve could be successfully deployed and anchored using a catheter-based system. Also at that time, the Company was expecting to obtain a CE mark in Europe by the end of 2005 and to file for an Humanitarian Device Exemption ("HDE") in the United States. Upon approval of the HDE, the Company would be able to offer this device to as many as 4,000 patients per year. Broader commercialization in the United States was expected to begin with the submission of an Investigational Device Exemption ("IDE") by the end of the second quarter of 2004 followed by the commencement of a pivotal trial in 2005 and possible pre-market approval by the end of 2007. The risks and uncertainties associated with completing development within a reasonable period of time included those related to the design, development and manufacturability of the product, the success of pre-clinical and clinical studies and the timing of European and United States regulatory approvals.

        Approximately $81.0 million of the purchase price was charged to in-process research and development. The value of the in-process research and development was calculated using cash flow projections discounted for the risk inherent in such projects. The discount rate used was 25%. The valuation assumed approximately $20.9 million of additional research and development expenditures would be incurred prior to the date of product introduction. In the valuation, net cash inflows were

63



forecasted to commence in 2007. The remaining fair market value of the net assets acquired consisted primarily of patents of $72.4 million that are being amortized over their estimated economic life of 11 years, and a deferred tax liability related to the patents of $28.1 million.

        On December 5, 2003, the Company acquired the stock of Whitland Research Limited ("Whitland") for $3.2 million in cash, although achievement of future milestones through 2006 could increase the total price to $5.6 million. Whitland was focused on the development of critical care monitoring technologies. The $3.2 million purchase price was allocated to acquired in-process research and development ($1.8 million) and patents ($1.4 million) based upon their estimated fair values. The patents are being amortized over their estimated useful life of 10 years.

        On February 18, 2003, the Company acquired the percutaneous mitral valve repair program of Jomed N.V. ("Jomed"), a European-based provider of products for minimally invasive cardiovascular intervention, for $20.0 million in cash. The acquisition included all technology and intellectual property associated with the program. At the acquisition date, the program, which was less than 50% complete, was involved in testing proprietary prototypes prior to initiating required pre-clinical studies and human clinicals. Additional design improvements, bench testing, pre-clinical studies and human clinical studies must be successfully completed prior to commercially selling the product in Europe and the United States, which at the time of the transaction was expected in 2005 and 2006, respectively. The risks and uncertainties associated with completing development within a reasonable period of time included those related to the design, development and manufacturability of the product, the success of pre-clinical and clinical studies and the timing of European and United States regulatory approvals. Approximately $11.8 million of the purchase price was charged to in-process research and development. The value of the in-process research and development was calculated using cash flow projections discounted for the risk inherent in such projects. The discount rate used was 30%. The valuation assumed approximately $20.0 million of additional research and development expenditures would be incurred prior to the date of product introduction. In the valuation, material net cash inflows were forecasted to commence in 2008. The remaining fair market value of the assets acquired consisted primarily of patents that are being amortized over their estimated economic life of 17 years.

        Progress continues to be made on all of the purchased research and development programs. As of December 31, 2004 the programs related to the ev3 and Whitland acquisitions remained reasonably on track with the Company's original expectations. Although the PVT program remains reasonably on track with original expectations, the CE Mark is now expected in 2006, a conditional IDE was granted in the United States in January 2005, broad commercialization in the United States is anticipated in three to four years and the HDE filing has been postponed. In January 2005, the Company commenced human feasibility studies of the product developed under the Jomed program. Commercialization of this product could occur several years after the commencement of a clinical trial.

5.    ASSET IMPAIRMENTS

        In September 2002, the Company recorded a $67.4 million charge related to the impairment of its investment in preferred stock of World Heart Corporation ("WorldHeart"). The investment was written down to $6.2 million, which represented the value of the Company's preferred stock investment had it been converted into common stock at October 15, 2002 (the closing date of September's books). The decision to record the charge was based primarily on WorldHeart's September 2002 decision to refocus its product development efforts by adopting a new design concept for a next generation product that

64



resulted in a significant delay (approximately two years) in its product development timeline (with a revised commercial launch date of 2007) and impaired WorldHeart's competitive position. Accordingly, the Company concluded that sufficient risk existed that WorldHeart may be unable to fully liquidate the Company's investment in WorldHeart's preferred stock. The Company believed that the best objective indicator of the then fair value of its investment in WorldHeart's preferred stock was the market price of WorldHeart's common stock based upon the Company's expectation that the value of its preferred stock investment would be realized through the common stock, as opposed to redemption of the preferred stock. In December, 2004, the Company recorded an additional charge of $4.7 million related to the impairment of its investment in WorldHeart resulting from the decline in its stock price.

        Additionally, in 2004, the Company recorded charges totaling $4.3 million related to the other-than-temporary impairment of technology investments in three unconsolidated affiliates. Two of the affiliates had announced they were discontinuing their development efforts and the book value of those investments was reduced to the residual distribution Edwards Lifesciences expects to receive from those companies. The other affiliate performed a reset financing that reduced the net value per share for all existing investors. This investment is now recorded at the reduced value.

6.    SPECIAL CHARGES, NET

        During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, Edwards Lifesciences recorded special charges and credits comprised of the following (in millions):

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Discontinued products   $ 10.6   $   $
Sale of property development rights     (7.4 )      
Charitable fund     5.0        
Severance charge         13.0    
Resolution of Baxter arbitration         5.3    
Loss on sale of business         3.3    
Pension curtailment         1.9    
Spin-off expenses             3.3
   
 
 
  Total special charges   $ 8.2   $ 23.5   $ 3.3
   
 
 

    Discontinued Products

        Due to a re-prioritization of the Company's investment initiatives, the Company decided in March 2004 to discontinue its sales effort of its Lifepath AAA endovascular graft program. In the first quarter of 2004, the Company recorded a special charge of $8.4 million related primarily to inventory and contractual clinical obligations. In addition, the Company discontinued certain lower margin cardiology products in Japan resulting in a charge of $2.2 million related primarily to other non-productive assets.

    Sale of Property Development Rights

        In November 2004, the Company recorded income of $7.4 million for the sale of property development rights in Irvine, California, that had no book value at the time of the sale.

65


    Charitable Fund

        In December 2004, the Company recorded a charge of $5.0 million for an irrevocable contribution to a third party to create a charitable fund.

    Severance Charge

        In July 2003, the Company recorded a charge of $13.0 million associated with a decision to streamline operations. The charge was related primarily to the severance costs associated with reducing the Company's worldwide workforce by 136 employees, primarily in the United States and Europe. As of December 31, 2004, $0.3 million of the charge remained unpaid.

    Baxter Arbitration Settlement

        In January 2004, the Company concluded a dispute resolution proceeding with Baxter. Each company sought reimbursement from the other for a variety of claims arising from the Company's spin-off from Baxter in April 2000. The resolution resulted in a $5.3 million charge related primarily to the valuation of receivables at the date of spin-off, and a $5.4 million increase to Additional Contributed Capital related to the true-up of the beginning balance of equity.

    Loss on Sale of Business

        Effective July 4, 2003, the Company sold its German perfusion services subsidiary to WKK GmbH, a German-based provider of hospital services, for a nominal amount. Sales generated by the German perfusion services subsidiary were approximately $3.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2003 and $6.6 million for the year 2002. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 100, "Restructuring and Impairment Charges," the Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $3.3 million in the second quarter of 2003 to reduce the carrying value of the subsidiary's assets to fair value based upon the proceeds from the sale.

    Pension Curtailment

        On November 4, 2003, the Company suspended its defined benefit pension plan in Puerto Rico (the "Plan"). Effective December 31, 2003, employees ceased earning additional defined benefits for future services. To mitigate the Puerto Rico employees' reduced benefits from the Plan's suspension, effective January 1, 2004, the Company increased its contributions to the Puerto Rico 1165(e) defined contribution plan. In accordance with SFAS No. 88, "Employers' Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits," the Company recorded a curtailment loss of $1.9 million during the fourth quarter 2003. As of December 31, 2004, the Plan's accumulated benefit obligation exceeded the fair value of its assets by $5.2 million.

    Spin-Off Expenses

        The Company recorded a $3.3 million charge for legal, administrative and regulatory expenses related to the October 2002 acquisition of the cardiovascular business in Japan (see "Joint Venture in Japan").

66


7.    ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE SECURITIZATION

        Edwards Lifesciences has two agreements (the "Japan Receivables Facility" and the "U.S. Receivables Facility," or the "Facilities") with financial institutions whereby it securitizes, on a continuous basis, an undivided interest in certain eligible trade account receivables. In December 2002, the Company entered into the Japan Receivables Facility whereby the Company's Japanese subsidiary (Edwards Lifesciences Japan Limited) sells eligible accounts receivable directly to a financial institution. Under the U.S. Receivables Facility, the Company sells eligible accounts receivable to a wholly-owned, qualified, special purpose, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary formed for the purpose of buying and selling these receivables, which then sells the participating interests in the receivables to a financial institution.

        The transactions under both Facilities are accounted for as sales of accounts receivable. The Company retained servicing responsibilities and subordinated residual interests in the accounts receivables. The Company receives annual servicing fees approximating one percent of the outstanding balance and rights to future cash flows arising after the investors in the securitization trust have received their contractual return. No servicing asset or liability has been recorded due to the immateriality of the balances. The investors and the securitization trust have no recourse to the Company's other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. The Company's residual interests are subordinate to the investors' interests. The U.S. Receivables Facility is renewable for one-year periods at the Company's option and will expire on December 19, 2005. The Japan Receivables Facility will expire on December 3, 2005.

        Sales of receivables under these programs result in a reduction of accounts receivable on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. Residual interests of $9.8 million and $14.2 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, are included in Other Current Assets. The interests are carried at their fair value, estimated as the net realizable value, which considers the relatively short liquidation period and includes an estimated provision for credit losses. Pursuant to the terms of the Facilities, the Company had sold $90.4 million and $91.2 million of trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, resulting in a reduction of accounts receivable on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets, and received funding of $80.4 million and $76.9 million, respectively. Costs associated with the sale of receivables, primarily related to the discount and loss on sale, were $1.0 million, $0.8 million and $1.5 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and are included in Other (Income), net.

8.    GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        On January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," whereby goodwill is no longer amortized, but instead is subject to a periodic impairment review, performed by the Company in the fourth quarter of each year. As the Company's operations are comprised of one reporting unit, the Company reviews the recoverability of its goodwill by comparing the Company's fair value to the net book value of its assets. If the book value of the Company's assets exceeds the Company's fair value, the goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. The impairment analyses were completed in the fourth quarters of 2004, 2003 and 2002, and resulted in no impairments.

        In April 2003, the Company purchased the technology and intellectual property associated with Embol-X Inc.'s surgically placed, intra-aortic embolic management system. The transaction was accounted for as a purchased business combination. The total consideration for Embol-X Inc. was

67



$13.6 million of which $4.4 million was allocated to goodwill, which was subsequently reduced by $0.5 million in 2004.

        If prior to April 16, 2008, the Company's sales of medical devices from the transferred technology are at least $20.0 million in any consecutive 12-month period, the Company will pay an additional $5.0 million to Embol-X Inc. This contingent obligation has not been recorded in the Company's balance sheet as of December 31, 2004. Sales of medical devices from the transferred technology were $1.3 million for 2004.

        Other intangible assets subject to amortization consisted of the following (in millions):

December 31, 2004

  Patents
  Unpatented
Technology

  Other
  Total
 
Cost   $ 196.3   $ 36.4   $ 23.8   $ 256.5  
Accumulated amortization     (78.6 )   (20.6 )   (4.7 )   (103.9 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Net carrying value   $ 117.7   $ 15.8   $ 19.1   $ 152.6  
   
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2003

  Patents
  Unpatented
Technology

  Other
  Total
 
Cost   $ 116.9   $ 36.3   $ 14.3   $ 167.5  
Accumulated amortization     (64.8 )   (18.0 )   (3.7 )   (86.5 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Net carrying value   $ 52.1   $ 18.3   $ 10.6   $ 81.0  
   
 
 
 
 

        During 2004, the cost of other intangible assets increased $89.0 million primarily due to the acquisitions discussed in Note 4 of $75.4 million and capitalized litigation costs of $4.5 million.

        Amortization expense related to other intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $17.5 million, $9.5 million and $9.5 million, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for each of the years ending December 31 is as follows (in millions):

2005   $ 16.5
2006     18.6
2007     18.7
2008     18.7
2009     17.6

68


9.    ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Accounts payable   $ 62.0   $ 67.3
Employee compensation and withholdings     51.3     39.2
Property, payroll and other taxes     35.2     30.5
Derivative liability (Note 11)     10.3     12.4
Other accrued liabilities     36.6     34.7
   
 
    $ 195.4   $ 184.1
   
 

10.    LONG-TERM DEBT, CREDIT FACILITIES AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company had one unsecured revolving credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") providing for up to an aggregate of $500.0 million in one- to six-month borrowings in multiple currencies. Borrowings currently bear interest at the London interbank offering rate plus 0.5%, which includes a facility fee and is subject to adjustment in the event of a change in the Company's leverage ratio, as defined by the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement expires on June 26, 2009. As of December 31, 2004, borrowings of $117.1 million were outstanding under the Credit Agreement. Edwards Lifesciences pays a facility fee, regardless of available or outstanding borrowings, currently at an annual rate of 0.1% for the Credit Agreement. All amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement have been classified as long-term obligations, as these borrowings will continue to be refinanced pursuant to the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement contains various financial and other covenants, all of which the Company was in compliance with at December 31, 2004.

        In May 2003, the Company issued $150.0 million of convertible senior debentures, issued at par, bearing an interest rate of 3.875% per annum due May 15, 2033 (the "Notes"). Interest is payable semi-annually in May and November. Issuance costs of approximately $4.4 million are being amortized to interest expense over 5 years. The Notes are convertible into 18.29 shares of the Company's common stock for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes (conversion price of $54.66 per share), subject to adjustment. The Notes may be converted, at the option of the holders, on or prior to the final maturity date under any of the following circumstances:

    during any fiscal quarter, if the closing sale price per share of the Company's common stock exceeds 120% of the conversion price;

    if the Notes have been called for redemption; or

    upon the occurrence of specified corporate events.

        Holders of the Notes have the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of their Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest on May 15, 2008, 2013, and 2018. The Company will pay cash for all Notes so purchased on May 15, 2008. For any Notes purchased by the Company on May 15, 2013 or 2018, the Company may, at its option, choose to pay the purchase price in cash, in shares of the Company's common stock, or any combination thereof. The Company must pay all accrued and unpaid interest in cash.

69



        The Company may redeem for cash all or part of the Notes at any time on or after May 15, 2008, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

        Beginning with the six-month interest period commencing May 15, 2008, holders of the Notes will receive contingent interest at a rate of 0.25% if the trading price of the Notes equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amounts of the Notes. This contingent interest payment feature represents an embedded derivative. Based on the immaterial value associated with this feature, no value has been assigned to the derivative at issuance or at December 31, 2004.

        Edwards Lifesciences utilizes interest rate swap agreements in managing its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Interest rate swap agreements are executed as an integral part of specific debt transactions. Edwards Lifesciences' interest rate swap agreements involve agreements to receive a floating rate and pay a fixed rate, at specified intervals, calculated on an agreed-upon notional amount. As of December 31, 2004, Edwards Lifesciences had in place three interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $157.5 million to swap floating rate United States dollar and Yen denominated debt obtained under the Company's revolving credit facilities for fixed rates. The original maturities of the interest rate swap agreements are between three and five years. These interest rate swap agreements in place as of December 31, 2004 are set to expire in May and July of 2005.

        The weighted average interest rate under all debt obligations was 5.1% and 5.6% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, including the effect of interest rate swap agreements. The rates have been calculated using rates in effect at December 31, 2004.

        Future minimum lease payments (including interest) under noncancelable operating leases and aggregate debt maturities at December 31, 2004 were as follows (in millions):

 
  Operating
Leases

  Aggregate
Debt
Maturities

2005   $ 13.1   $
2006     11.5    
2007     8.9    
2008     8.0    
2009     7.2    
Thereafter     1.1     267.1
   
 
Total obligations and commitments   $ 49.8   $ 267.1
   
 

        Included in debt at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were unsecured notes denominated in Japanese Yen of ¥7.0 billion (US$67.1 million) and ¥6.0 billion (US$55.8 million), respectively.

        Certain facilities and equipment are leased under operating leases expiring at various dates. Most of the operating leases contain renewal options. Total expense for all operating leases was $14.0 million, $12.3 million, and $6.8 million for the years 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

70



11.    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

        The consolidated financial statements include financial instruments whereby the fair market value of such instruments may differ from amounts reflected on a historical basis. Financial instruments of the Company consist of cash deposits, accounts and other receivables, investments in unconsolidated affiliates, accounts payable, certain accrued liabilities and debt. The fair values of certain investments in unconsolidated affiliates are estimated based on quoted market prices. For other investments, various methods are used to estimate fair value, including external valuations and discounted cash flows. The carrying amount of the Company's long-term debt approximates fair market value based on prevailing market rates. The Company's other financial instruments generally approximate their fair values based on the short-term nature of these instruments.

Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company utilizes a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its currency exchange rate and interest rate risk as summarized below. Notional amounts are stated in United States dollar equivalents at spot exchange rates at the respective dates. The Company does not enter into these arrangements for trading or speculation purposes.

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  Notional
Amount

  Fair
Value

  Notional
Amount

  Fair
Value

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest rate swap agreements   $ 157.5   $ (2.2 ) $ 155.8   $ (6.9 )
Option-based products     236.6     (2.9 )   189.1     (3.0 )
Forward currency agreements     54.2     (5.2 )   222.7     (2.5 )

        The fair value of financial instruments was estimated by discounting expected cash flows using quoted market interest rates and foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2004 and 2003. Considerable judgment was employed in interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value; accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions or valuation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

        At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the fair value of option-based products, forward currency and interest rate swap agreements is recorded in Accrued Liabilities. During the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) a net loss of $8.4 million and $9.3 million, respectively, to Cost of Goods Sold, and a net loss of $5.6 million and $5.7 million, respectively, to Interest Expense, Net. The Company expects that during the next 12 months it will reclassify to earnings a $2.0 million loss currently recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss). For the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company expensed $1.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively, related to the time value of option-based products.

71


12.    COMMON STOCK

        The Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Long-Term Stock Incentive Compensation Program (the "Program") provides for the grant of incentive and non-qualified stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based incentive awards for eligible employees and contractors of the Company. Under the Program, these grants are generally awarded at a price equal to the fair market value at the date of grant based upon the closing price on the date immediately preceding the grant date. Options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock granted under the Program generally vest over predetermined periods and expire 7 years after the date of grant. An aggregate of 15.5 million shares of the Company's common stock has been reserved for issuance under the Program.

        On April 3, 2000, the Company granted two types of stock options to purchase shares of Edwards Lifesciences' common stock under the Program. One type of stock option permitted the purchase of approximately 5.7 million shares at an exercise price of $13.88, the fair market value at the date of grant, and vested 30% on April 3, 2002, and 70% on April 3, 2003. The other type of stock options permitted the purchase of approximately 2.2 million shares at a range of exercise prices from $10.20 to $15.71; these stock options vested as of the end of September 2002.

        The Company also maintains the Nonemployee Directors and Consultants Stock Incentive Program (the "Nonemployee Program"). The plan was amended February 2004 and under the amended Nonemployee Program, each non-employee director annually receives 10,000 stock options or 4,000 restricted stock units of the Company's common stock, or a combination thereof. Additionally, each non-employee director may elect to receive all or a portion of the cash retainer to which the director is otherwise entitled through the issuance of stock options, or restricted stock units. A one-time grant of 5,000 shares of restricted stock was made to each of the non-employee directors pursuant to the Nonemployee Program. These grants vest 50% after one year and the balance vests after two years from the date of grant. Under the amended Nonemployee Program, an aggregate of 600,000 shares of the Company's common stock has been authorized for issuance pursuant to the Nonemployee Program. As of December 31, 2004, 282,046 options, restricted shares or restricted stock units have been issued under the Nonemployee Program. Grants of restricted stock to non-employees are charged to unearned compensation in Stockholders' Equity at their intrinsic value and recognized as expense over the vesting period. Compensation expense recognized for such grants was approximately $0.1 million for 2004, 2003 and 2002.

        Stock option activity under the Program and the Nonemployee Program was as follows (number of options in thousands):

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  Number of
Options

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number of
Options

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number of
Options

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding, beginning of year   10,992   $ 22.65   9,794   $ 17.97   7,716   $ 14.79
Options granted   786     33.69   3,884     30.35   2,784     26.03
Options exercised   (1,373 )   17.61   (2,085 )   14.73   (552 )   14.17
Options cancelled   (522 )   28.68   (601 )   24.89   (154 )   18.17
   
       
       
     
Outstanding, end of year   9,883     23.90   10,992     22.65   9,794     17.97
   
       
       
     
Exercisable, end of year   6,000     19.82   5,346     14.52   3,251     14.52

72


        The following table summarizes stock options outstanding at December 31, 2004 (number of options in thousands):

 
  Outstanding
  Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices

  Number of
Options

  Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number of
Options

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$13.88   2,225   5.25   13.88   2,225   13.88
$10.20-$15.71   744   3.45   12.40   744   12.40
$15.44-$36.52   6,914   7.49   28.37   3,031   26.00
   
         
   
    9,883   6.68   23.90   6,000   19.82
   
         
   

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        The Company has two employee stock purchase plans ("ESPP") for eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company's common stock at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of Edwards Lifesciences common stock on the effective date of subscription or the date of purchase. Under the ESPP, employees can authorize the Company to withhold up to 12% of their compensation for common stock purchases, subject to certain limitations. The ESPP is available to all active employees of the Company paid from the United States payroll and to eligible employees of the Company outside the United States to the extent permitted by local law. The ESPP for United States employees is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Board of Directors authorized an aggregate of 2,150,000 shares of the Company's common stock for issuance under the ESPP. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, 1,002,718 and 731,606 shares, respectively, have been issued under the plans.

Stockholder Rights Plan

        The Company has adopted a Stockholder Rights Plan to protect stockholders' rights in the event of a proposed or actual acquisition of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company's common stock. As part of this plan, each share of the Company's common stock carries a right to purchase one one-hundredth (1/100) of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the "Rights"), par value $0.01 per share, subject to adjustment, which becomes exercisable only upon the occurrence of certain events. The Rights are subject to redemption at the option of the Board of Directors at a price of $0.01 per right until the occurrence of certain events. The Rights expire on March 31, 2010, unless earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company.

Treasury Stock

        In November 2001, the Company's Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to purchase on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions up to 2.0 million shares of the Company's outstanding common stock. In addition, on May 6, 2003, the Company's Board of Directors approved a second stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to purchase an additional 2.0 million shares of the Company's outstanding common stock through December 31, 2005. In May 2004, the Board of Directors approved a third stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to purchase an additional 2.0 million shares of the Company's outstanding

73



common stock through December 31, 2006. Stock repurchased under these programs will primarily be used to offset obligations under the Company's employee stock option programs. During 2004 and 2003, the Company repurchased 1,713,200 and 1,766,300 shares at an aggregate cost of $59.1 million and $49.4 million, respectively. The timing and size of any future stock repurchases are subject to a variety of factors, including market conditions, stock prices and other cash requirements.

13.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Defined Benefit Plans

        Edwards Lifesciences adopted a defined benefit pension plan in Puerto Rico and in certain European countries. On November 4, 2003, the Company suspended its defined benefit pension plan in Puerto Rico (the "Plan"). Effective December 31, 2003, employees ceased earning additional defined benefits for future services. To mitigate the Puerto Rico employees' reduced benefits from the Plan's suspension, the Company increased its contributions to the Puerto Rico 1165(e) defined contribution plan.

        On October 1, 2002, the Company completed its spin-off from Baxter and acquired the cardiovascular business in Japan (see Notes 1 and 3). As part of the transaction, the Company acquired the defined benefit plan that covered the Japan employees and the related pension assets and liabilities.

        The Company uses a November 1 measurement date for its plans.

74



        Information regarding the Company's defined benefit pension plans in Puerto Rico, Japan and certain European countries is as follows (in millions):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Benefit Obligations:              
Beginning of period   $ 45.9   $ 44.7  
Service cost     2.6     3.3  
Interest cost     1.9     2.2  
Participant contributions     0.2     0.4  
Actuarial loss     4.8     2.3  
Curtailment gains         (8.7 )
Benefits paid     (1.4 )   (2.0 )
Currency exchange rate changes and other     1.9     3.7  
   
 
 
End of year   $ 55.9   $ 45.9  
   
 
 
Fair Value of Plan Assets:              
Beginning of period   $ 29.8   $ 22.9  
Actual return on plan assets     1.5     2.7  
Employer contributions     3.2     3.6  
Participant contributions     0.5     0.6  
Benefits paid     (1.4 )   (2.0 )
Currency exchange rate changes and other     1.0     2.0  
   
 
 
End of year   $ 34.6   $ 29.8  
   
 
 
Funded Status of Plans:              
Funded status of plans   $ (20.9 ) $ (16.1 )
Unrecognized net transition obligation     0.6     0.7  
Unrecognized net actuarial losses     12.3     6.6  
Unrecognized prior service cost     (0.8 )   (0.9 )
   
 
 
Net liability on balance sheet   $ (8.8 ) $ (9.7 )
   
 
 
Net Liability on Balance Sheet Consists of:              
Accrued benefit liability   $ (13.1 ) $ (10.4 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     3.7     0.4  
Deferred tax asset     0.6     0.3  
   
 
 
Net liability on balance sheet   $ (8.8 ) $ (9.7 )
   
 
 

        The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $48.0 million and $39.0 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company included $3.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in other comprehensive income arising from an increase in the additional minimum pension liability.

75



        The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Service cost   $ 2.6   $ 3.3   $ 1.6  
Expected employee contributions     (0.2 )   (0.2 )    
Interest cost     1.9     2.2     1.7  
Expected return on plan assets     (1.9 )   (1.6 )   (1.5 )
Curtailment loss         1.9      
Amortization of prior service cost and other     0.3     0.8     0.1  
   
 
 
 
Net periodic pension benefits cost   $ 2.7   $ 6.4   $ 1.9  
   
 
 
 

        Significant assumptions used in determining benefit obligations and net periodic benefit costs are summarized as follows (in weighted averages):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Discount Rate   4.07 % 4.24 %
Expected return on plan assets   4.59 % 6.77 %
Rate of compensation increase   2.97 % 3.05 %

        Through consultation with investment advisors, expected long-term returns for each of the plans' strategic asset classes were developed. Several factors were considered, including survey of investment managers' expectations, current market data, minimum guaranteed returns in certain insurance contracts and historical market returns over long periods. Using policy target allocation percentages and the asset class expected returns, a weighted-average expected return was calculated.

        The actual weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2004, and 2003, by asset category are as follows:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Equity securities   47.9 % 47.5 %
Debt securities   23.3 % 23.3 %
Other   28.8 % 29.2 %
   
 
 
Total   100.0 % 100.0 %
   
 
 

        The Company's investment strategy for plan assets is to seek a competitive rate of return relative to an appropriate level of risk and to earn performance rates of return in accordance with the benchmarks adopted for each asset class. Risk management practices include diversification across asset classes and investment styles, and periodic rebalancing toward asset allocation targets.

        The Company's corporate Administrative and Investment Committee decides the target allocation for the Puerto Rico defined benefit plan. The Administrative and Investment Committee decides on

76



the defined benefit plan provider in all other locations and that provider decides the target allocation. The target asset allocation selected reflects a risk/return profile the Company feels is appropriate relative to the plan's liability structure and return goals. In certain plans, asset allocations may be governed by local requirements.

        Target weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2004, by asset category are as follows:

 
  2004
 
Equity securities   46.6 %
Debt securities   23.8 %
Other   29.6 %
   
 
Total   100.0 %
   
 

        The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, at December 31, 2004 are expected to be paid (in millions):

2005   $ 1.1
2006     1.3
2007     1.3
2008     1.4
2009     1.5
2010–2014     11.3

        Expected employer contributions, at December 31, 2004 for fiscal 2005 are $2.6 million.

Defined Contribution Plans

        The Company's employees in the United States and Puerto Rico are eligible to participate in a qualified 401(k) and 1165(e) plan, respectively. In the United States, participants may contribute up to 25% of their annual compensation (subject to tax code limitation) to the plan. Edwards Lifesciences matches the first 3% of the participant's annual eligible compensation contributed to the plan on a dollar-for-dollar basis. Edwards Lifesciences matches the next 2% of the participant's annual eligible compensation to the plan on a 50% basis. In Puerto Rico, participants may contribute up to 10% of their annual compensation (subject to tax code limitation) to the plan. Edwards Lifesciences matches the first 6% of the participant's annual eligible compensation contributed to the plan on a 50% basis. Matching contributions relating to Edwards Lifesciences employees were $5.2 million, $4.4 million and $4.4 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

        The Company has a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for a select group of management that provides the opportunity to defer a specified percentage of their cash compensation. Participants may elect to defer up to 100% of bonus and 25% of total annual compensation. The Company's obligations under this plan are unfunded. The amount accrued under this plan was $7.7 million and $5.5 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

        The Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Executive Option Plan (the "Executive Plan") became effective for participation by eligible employees in 2001. Eligible employees who participate in the Executive Plan may not participate in the Company's nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Under

77



the Executive Plan, executive officers and certain other key employees may elect to forgo a portion of their annual salary and bonus and instead receive an option to purchase shares of mutual funds or the Company's common stock. The options are granted quarterly with an initial exercise price equal to 25% of the fair market value per share (as defined in the Executive Plan) of the respective security on the grant date. The number of shares subject to each option is determined such that the difference between the aggregate fair market value (as defined in the Executive Plan) and the aggregate exercise price under the option is equal to the amount of forgone compensation attributable to the option. A total of 95,000 shares of the Company's common stock have been registered for issuance under the Executive Plan.

14.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        In December 2001, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company received a $2.5 million loan pursuant to his employment agreement with the Company as approved by the Board of Directors. The loan was used for the purchase of his primary residence in connection with his relocation. The loan is non-interest bearing and is due in December 2006 or upon resignation or the termination of employment. The loan is collateralized by the Chief Executive Officer's primary residence.

15.    OTHER (INCOME), NET

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Foreign exchange (gain)   $ (0.2 ) $ (10.6 ) $ (4.1 )
Legal settlements, net     (1.0 )       (14.7 )
Asset dispositions and write downs         3.6     2.3  
Accounts receivable securitization costs     1.0     0.8     1.5  
Other     (0.2 )   1.5     (0.4 )
   
 
 
 
    $ (0.4 ) $ (4.7 ) $ (15.4 )
   
 
 
 

16.    INCOME TAXES

        The Company's income (loss) before provision for income taxes was generated from United States and international operations as follows (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
United States   $ (74.2 ) $ 0.7   $ 3.5
International     104.3     92.1     52.5
   
 
 
    $ 30.1   $ 92.8   $ 56.0
   
 
 

78


        The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Current                    
  United States:                    
    Federal   $ 11.3   $   $ 0.6  
    State and local     1.3     0.2     0.3  
  International, including Puerto Rico     12.3     6.3     10.6  
   
 
 
 
    Current income tax expense     24.9     6.5     11.5  
   
 
 
 
Deferred                    
  United States:                    
    Federal     (1.4 )   4.4     (7.4 )
    State and local     (1.8 )   (1.4 )   (0.9 )
  International, including Puerto Rico     6.7     4.3     (2.9 )
   
 
 
 
    Deferred income tax expense (benefit)     3.5     7.3     (11.2 )
   
 
 
 
Total income tax expense   $ 28.4   $ 13.8   $ 0.3  
   
 
 
 

        The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in millions):

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Deferred tax assets              
  Net operating loss carryforwards   $ 25.3   $ 32.0  
  Investments in unconsolidated affiliates     21.0     19.3  
  Tax credit carryforwards     16.3     17.5  
  Compensation and benefits     14.3     8.6  
  Accrued liabilities     8.0     6.5  
  Allowance for doubtful accounts     3.7     5.5  
  Other intangible assets     22.8     5.4  
  Inventories     2.6     2.1  
  Other     16.5     11.0  
   
 
 
  Total deferred tax assets     130.5     107.9  
   
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities              
  Property, plant and equipment     (10.8 )   (14.6 )
  Other intangible assets     (47.5 )    
  Other     (2.6 )   (2.6 )
   
 
 
  Total deferred tax liabilities     (60.9 )   (17.2 )
   
 
 
Valuation allowance     (26.2 )   (19.5 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets   $ 43.4   $ 71.2  
   
 
 

79


        At December 31, 2004, the Company had deferred tax assets of $130.5 million, partially offset by deferred tax liabilities of $60.9 million. The valuation allowance of $26.2 million as of December 31, 2004 reduces certain deferred tax assets to amounts that are more likely than not to be realized. This allowance primarily relates to the deferred tax assets established for impairment losses on certain investments and the net operating loss carryforwards of certain non-United States subsidiaries.

        Deferred income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries of approximately $191.0 million as of December 31, 2004, since these amounts had been intended to be permanently reinvested in foreign operations. However, in October 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the "Act") was signed into law, which allows companies to repatriate cash into the United States at a special, temporary effective tax rate of 5.25 percent. The Company's evaluation of the amount of foreign earnings to repatriate under the Act, and the financial statement impact, is in process. As such, the Company is not in a position to decide on whether, and to what extent, foreign earnings that have not been remitted to the U.S. may be repatriated. Based on analysis to date, however, it is reasonably possible that between $150 million and $250 million may be repatriated. The related potential range of the income tax effect of the repatriation cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. The Company expects to be in a position to finalize its assessment by the end of the third quarter 2005.

        A reconciliation of the United States federal statutory income tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate is as follows (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Income tax expense at U.S. federal statutory rate   $ 10.5   $ 32.5   $ 19.6  
  Foreign income tax at different rates     (22.5 )   (11.9 )   (10.6 )
  Deemed dividends, net of foreign tax credit     2.5     6.2      
  Tax credits     (2.1 )   (2.1 )   (1.9 )
  (Benefit) from Brazil reorganization         (13.7 )    
  State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit     0.8     1.0     (0.1 )
  (Benefit) on sale of perfusion services business             (20.1 )
  Valuation allowance for loss on investment     6.6         13.8  
  Nondeductible in-process research and development expenses     27.8          
  Other     4.8     1.8     (0.4 )
   
 
 
 
Income tax expense   $ 28.4   $ 13.8   $ 0.3  
   
 
 
 

        Excluding the impact of in-process research and development expenses, asset impairments and special charges, net, the effective income tax rate was 26% for all years presented. The Company expects its effective income tax rate for recurring operations to be 26% for 2005.

        In exchange for the sale of the Novacor mechanical cardiac assist product line to WorldHeart in June 2000, the Company received WorldHeart preferred stock. In 2002, the investment in the WorldHeart preferred stock was deemed to be impaired and written down to its fair market value. A further write-down of the WorldHeart investment occurred in 2004. In addition, three other equity investments were deemed to be impaired and written down to fair market value in 2004. Due to the

80



uncertainty of using any potential tax benefit for the losses, a valuation allowance of $13.8 million was established in 2002 and was increased by $6.6 million in 2004.

        Of the $81.0 million charge related to the PVT acquisition discussed above, $1.7 million related to tax deductible payments to exercise certain licensing options pursuant to the stock purchase agreement, and the remaining $79.3 million charge is permanently disallowed for income tax purposes.

        During 2003, the Company commenced a legal reorganization of its Brazil subsidiary to improve its balance sheet and to enhance its ability to conduct business in Brazil. Since being acquired a number of years ago, this subsidiary has incurred net operating losses primarily due to the devaluation of the local currency and interest expense incurred on inter-company debt. In addition, the reorganization allowed the Company to recognize the accumulated losses and inter-company debt write-off under United States tax law, resulting in federal and state tax benefits of $13.7 million.

        During 2003, the Company recapitalized its Japan subsidiary. As a result, a deemed dividend occurred for U.S. tax purposes resulting in an incremental tax provision of $6.2 million, net of foreign tax credits.

        As a result of tax law developments in 2002, the Company recorded a $20.1 million tax benefit during 2002 related to the loss on sale of its United States perfusion services business in June 2001.

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company has approximately $64.6 million of non-United States tax net operating losses and $1.0 million of non-United States, non-expiring tax credits that are available for carryforward. Net operating loss carryforwards, and the related carryforward periods, at December 31, 2004 are summarized as follows (in millions):

 
  Gross Net
Operating Loss

  Tax Benefit
Amount

  Carryforward
Period Ends

Non-United States net operating loss   $ 35.3   $ 9.2   2005–2014
Non-United States net operating loss     29.3     13.9   Indefinite
   
 
   
Total   $ 64.6   $ 23.1    
   
 
   

        A valuation allowance of $6.8 million has been provided for certain of the above carryforwards. This valuation allowance reduces the deferred tax asset of $23.1 million to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

        The Company's income tax returns in several locations are being examined by the local taxation authorities. Management believes that adequate amounts of tax and related interest, if any, have been provided for any adjustments that may result from these examinations.

17.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        On June 29, 2000, Edwards Lifesciences filed a lawsuit against St. Jude Medical, Inc. alleging infringement of several Edwards Lifesciences United States patents. This lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California, seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief. Pursuant to the terms of a January 7, 2005 settlement agreement, Edwards Lifesciences was paid $5.5 million by St. Jude, Edwards Lifesciences granted St. Jude a paid-up license

81



for certain of its heart valve therapy products and the lawsuit was dismissed. The settlement will not have a material financial impact on the Company.

        On August 18, 2003, Edwards Lifesciences filed a lawsuit against Medtronic, Inc., Medtronic AVE, Cook, Inc. and W.L. Gore & Associates alleging infringement of a patent exclusively licensed to the Company. The lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief. On September 2, 2003, a second patent exclusively licensed to the Company was added to the lawsuit. Each of the defendants has answered and asserted various affirmative defenses and counterclaims. Discovery is proceeding.

        In addition, Edwards Lifesciences is or may be a party to, or may be otherwise responsible for, pending or threatened lawsuits related primarily to products and services currently or formerly manufactured or performed, as applicable, by Edwards Lifesciences. Such cases and claims raise difficult and complex factual and legal issues and are subject to many uncertainties and complexities, including, but not limited to, the facts and circumstances of each particular case or claim, the jurisdiction in which each suit is brought, and differences in applicable law. Upon resolution of any pending legal matters, Edwards Lifesciences may incur charges in excess of presently established reserves. While any such charge could have a material adverse impact on Edwards Lifesciences' net income or cash flows in the period in which it is recorded or paid, management does not believe that any such charge would have a material adverse effect on Edwards Lifesciences' financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

        Edwards Lifesciences is also subject to various environmental laws and regulations both within and outside of the United States. The operations of Edwards Lifesciences, like those of other medical device companies, involve the use of substances regulated under environmental laws, primarily in manufacturing and sterilization processes. While it is difficult to quantify the potential impact of compliance with environmental protection laws, management believes that such compliance will not have a material impact on Edwards Lifesciences' financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

18.    SEGMENT INFORMATION

        Edwards Lifesciences manages its business on the basis of one reportable segment. Refer to Note 1 for a description of the Company's business. The Company's products and services share similar distribution channels and customers and are sold principally to hospitals and physicians. Management evaluates its various global product portfolios on a revenue basis, which is presented below, and profitability is evaluated on an enterprise-wide basis due to shared infrastructures. Edwards Lifesciences' principal markets are the United States, Europe and Japan.

        Geographic area data includes net sales, based on product shipment destination and long-lived tangible assets, based on physical location.

82



        Beginning in January 2004, the Company recategorized its product lines. For comparison purposes, reclassifications have been made to prior years data.

 
  As of or for the years ended
December 31,

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Net Sales by Geographic Area                  
  United States   $ 416.5   $ 384.3   $ 383.3
  Europe     221.2     193.5     157.3
  Japan     197.2     197.9     94.8
  Other countries     96.6     84.8     68.6
   
 
 
    $ 931.5   $ 860.5   $ 704.0
   
 
 
Net Sales by Major Product and Service Area                  
  Heart Valve Therapy   $ 419.2   $ 366.4   $ 314.5
  Critical Care     302.3     278.8     230.3
  Cardiac Surgery Systems     107.3     115.0     94.6
  Vascular     60.1     55.9     51.3
  Other Distributed Products     42.6     44.4     13.3
   
 
 
    $ 931.5   $ 860.5   $ 704.0
   
 
 
Long-Lived Tangible Assets by Geographic Area                  
  United States   $ 172.8   $ 201.9      
  Other countries     59.8     60.8      
   
 
     
    $ 232.6   $ 262.7      
   
 
     

19.    SUBSEQUENT EVENT

        On January 26, 2005, the Company announced it had sold its cardiopulmonary products business in Japan for total consideration of between $10.0 million and $20.0 million based upon the achievement of certain milestones. The Company also announced at that time that it was exiting its pacemaker distribution business in Japan and restructuring its Japanese operations. The transactions will result in the transfer or elimination of approximately 60 full-time positions, resulting in a charge in the first quarter of 2005 of between $6 million and $9 million. Sales generated by the cardiopulmonary products and pacemaker distribution businesses in Japan were approximately $37.3 million for the year 2004.

83



20.    QUARTERLY FINANCIAL RESULTS AND MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S STOCK (UNAUDITED)

 
  Years ended December 31
 
  First
quarter

  Second
quarter

  Third
quarter

  Fourth
quarter

  Total
year

 
  (in millions, except per share data)

2004                              
  Net sales   $ 235.0   $ 234.6   $ 224.8   $ 237.1   $ 931.5
  Gross profit     136.3     142.2     136.9     145.9     561.3
  Net (loss) income(a)     (62.1 )   25.5     12.4     25.9     1.7
  (Loss) earnings per common share                              
    Basic     (1.04 )   0.43     0.21     0.44     0.03
    Diluted     (1.04 )   0.41     0.20     0.42     0.03
  Market price                              
    High     35.52     36.58     36.52     42.26     42.26
    Low     29.61     31.88     32.77     32.60     29.61
2003                              
  Net sales   $ 212.5   $ 217.8   $ 206.1   $ 224.1   $ 860.5
  Gross profit     123.4     128.2     119.2     130.3     501.1
  Net income     14.5     21.1     24.5     18.9     79.0
  Earnings per common share                              
    Basic     0.25     0.36     0.41     0.32     1.34
    Diluted     0.24     0.34     0.40     0.31     1.29
  Market price                              
    High     27.64     33.60     32.65     31.56     33.60
    Low     24.40     26.95     25.77     26.90     24.40

(a)
The first quarter 2004 includes an $81.0 million pretax purchased in-process research and development charge related to the Percutaneous Valve Technologies, Inc. acquisition. The third quarter 2004 includes a $12.3 million pretax purchased in-process research and development charge related to the acquisition of technology and intellectual property from ev3, Inc.

84



EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (in millions)

 
   
  Additions
   
   
 
  Balance at
beginning of
period

  Charged to
costs and
expenses

  Charged to
other
accounts

  Deductions
from
reserves(b)

  Balance
at end of
period

Year ended December 31, 2004                              
  Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns   $ 5.1   $ 6.0   $ 0.3   $ (6.9 ) $ 4.5
  Inventory reserves     8.5     10.5 (a)   0.1     (3.6 )   15.5
  Litigation reserves     2.0     1.0         (1.0 )   2.0
Year ended December 31, 2003                              
  Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns   $ 5.5   $ 3.9       $ (4.3 ) $ 5.1
  Inventory reserves     9.6     3.9 (a)       (5.0 )   8.5
  Litigation reserves     4.1     1.1         (3.2 )   2.0
Year ended December 31, 2002                              
  Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns   $ 4.3   $ 5.7       $ (4.5 ) $ 5.5
  Inventory reserves     9.4     4.9 (a)   1.8     (6.5 )   9.6
  Litigation reserves     3.4     1.4         (0.7 )   4.1

(a)
Inventory reserves result from inventory which is obsolete, is nearing its expiration date (generally triggered at six months prior to expiration), or is damaged or slow moving (defined as quantities in excess of a two year supply).

(b)
The deductions related to allowances for doubtful accounts and returns represent accounts receivable which are written off, and product which is returned from customers. The deductions related to inventory reserves represent inventory that is disposed of or sold as part of a business transaction. The deductions related to litigation reserves represent settlements of litigation and reduced estimates of anticipated settlements.


Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        None.


Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

        Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures—The Company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has established disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the officers who certify the Company's financial reports and to other members of senior management and the Board of Directors.

        Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2004, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms.

        Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting—The Company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company's

85



management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the evaluation under the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, the Company's management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2004. Management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

        Changes in Internal Contol Over Financial Reporting—There have been no changes in the Company's internal controls over financial reporting that were identified during the evaluation that occurred during the Company's fourth fiscal quarter of 2004 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.


Item 9B.    Other Information

        On December 20, 2004, the Company entered into a Sixth Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement (the "Sixth Amendment") with Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation and Wachovia Bank, National Association. The Sixth Amendment (which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.19 and incorporated herein by reference) modified certain terms of the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of December 21, 2000, as amended.


PART III

Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

        This information required by this Item is set forth under the headings "Election of Directors," "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" and "Executive Officers of Edwards Lifesciences" in the definitive proxy materials to be filed in connection with its 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "Proxy Statement") (which Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or before April 18, 2005). The information required by this Item to be contained in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

        The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial and accounting officer and controller. The code of ethics is posted on the Company's website, the address of which is www.edwards.com. The Company intends to include on its website any amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of its code of ethics that applies to the Company's principal executive officer, principal financial officer or controller that relates to any element of the code of ethics definition enumerated in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K.


Item 11.    Executive Compensation

        Except for information referred to in Item 402(a)(8) of Regulation S-K, the information contained under the headings "Election of Directors" and "Executive Compensation and Other Information" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

        The information contained under the headings "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" and "Equity Compensation Plan Information" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

        The information contained under the heading "Related Party Transactions" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

        The information contained under the heading "Fees Paid to Principal Accountants" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

86



PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

EXHIBITS FILED WITH SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Exhibit No.
  Description

3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation

3.3

 

Form of Certificate of Designation for Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.4)

4.1

 

Specimen form of certificate representing Edwards Lifesciences Corporation common stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 in Edwards Lifesciences' Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-15525))

4.2

 

Indenture, dated as of May 9, 2003, by and between Edwards Lifesciences Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank including the form of 3.875% Convertible Senior Debenture due 2033 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 in Edwards Lifesciences' Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-107405))

4.3

 

Form of Debenture (Exhibit A to the Indenture listed above as Exhibit 4.2)

4.4

 

Rights Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

10.1

 

Form of Tax Sharing Agreement between Edwards Lifesciences Corporation and Baxter International Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 in Edwards Lifesciences' Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-15525))

10.2

 

Supplemental Reorganization Agreement and Amendment to Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2002, by and between Baxter International Inc. and Edwards Lifesciences Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2002, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

*10.3

 

Form of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Change in Control Severance Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

*10.4

 

Employment Agreement for Michael A. Mussallem (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

*10.5

 

Promissory Note Secured by Deed of Trust for Michael A. Mussallem dated December 11, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

*10.6

 

Form of Employment Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)
     

87



10.7

 

Five Year Credit Agreement dated as of June 28, 2004, among Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, as Borrower; the lenders party thereto; JP Morgan Chase Bank as Administrative Agent; J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as London Agent; Mizuho Corporate Bank, Limited as Tokyo Agent; Bank of America, N.A. as Syndication Agent; and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd., Mizuho Corporate Bank, Limited, Suntrust Bank, Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2004, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

*10.8

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Severance Pay Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2000, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

*10.9

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Executive Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

*10.10

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2004, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

*10.11

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation of Puerto Rico Savings and Investment Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 in Edwards Lifesciences' Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-40434))

*10.12

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 in Edwards Lifesciences' Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-33056))

10.13

 

Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2000, by and among Edwards Lifesciences Financing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Edwards Lifesciences LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and Wachovia Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10- K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

10.14

 

Amendment No. 1 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2001, by and among Edwards Lifesciences Financing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Edwards Lifesciences LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and Wachovia Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

10.15

 

Second Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 20, 2001, by and among Edwards Lifesciences Financing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Edwards Lifesciences LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Liquidity Banks and Wachovia Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

10.16

 

Third Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2002, by and among Edwards Lifesciences Financing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Edwards Lifesciences LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Liquidity Banks and Wachovia Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)
     

88



10.17

 

Fourth Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2002, by and among Edwards Lifesciences Financing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Edwards Lifesciences LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Liquidity Banks and Wachovia Bank, National Association

10.18

 

Forebearance Agreement and Fifth Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2004, by and among Edwards Lifesciences Financing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Edwards Lifesciences LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Liquidity Banks and Wachovia Bank, National Association

10.19

 

Sixth Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2004, by and among Edwards Lifesciences Financing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Edwards Lifesciences LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Liquidity Banks and Wachovia Bank, National Association

10.20

 

Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated December 4, 2002, by and among Edwards Lifesciences Limited, a Japanese corporation, Apreco, Inc., a Delaware corporation and Citilease Company Limited, a Japanese corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

*10.21

 

Long-Term Stock Incentive Compensation Program (as amended and restated as of February 20, 2003) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

*10.22

 

Nonemployee Directors Stock Incentive Program (amended and restated as of March 4, 2005)

*10.23

 

Agreement between Edwards Lifesciences Corporation and J. Randall Nelson, dated December 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

*10.24

 

2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan for United States Employees (amended and restated as of February 20, 2003) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

*10.25

 

2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan for International Employees (amended and restated as of February 20, 2003) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

*10.26

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 2005 Incentive Plan

*10.27

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Officer Perquisite Program Guidelines

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation

23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

    *
    Represents management contract or compensatory plan

89



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

    EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

March 4, 2005

 

By:

 

/s/  
MICHAEL A. MUSSALLEM      
Michael A. Mussallem
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer

        We, the undersigned officers and directors of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, hereby severally constitute and appoint Bruce P. Garren and Jay P. Wertheim, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys, with full power to them and each of them singly, to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below, all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and generally to do all things in our names and on our behalf in such capacities to enable Edwards Lifesciences Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
  Title
  Date
/s/  MICHAEL A. MUSSALLEM      
Michael A. Mussallem
  Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  March 4, 2005

/s/  
CORINNE H. LYLE      
Corinne H. Lyle

 

Corporate Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

 

March 4, 2005

/s/  
MIKE R. BOWLIN      
Mike R. Bowlin

 

Director

 

March 4, 2005

/s/  
JOHN T. CARDIS      
John T. Cardis

 

Director

 

March 4, 2005

/s/  
ROBERT A. INGRAM      
Robert A. Ingram

 

Director

 

March 4, 2005

/s/  
VERNON R. LOUCKS JR.      
Vernon R. Loucks Jr.

 

Director

 

March 4, 2005

/s/  
PHILIP M. NEAL      
Philip M. Neal

 

Director

 

March 4, 2005

/s/  
DAVID E.I. PYOTT      
David E.I. Pyott

 

Director

 

March 4, 2005

90




QuickLinks

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION Form 10-K Annual Report—2004 Table of Contents
PART I
PART II
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE DECEMBER 31, 2004
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in millions, except share data)
EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in millions, except per share information)
EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in millions)
EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (in millions)
EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (in millions)
PART III
PART IV
SIGNATURES
EX-3.2 2 a2152327zex-3_2.htm EX-3.2
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 3.2

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS

        SECTION 1.    PLACE OF HOLDING MEETINGS.    All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, or such other place as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

        SECTION 2.    ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.    

            (a)   The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of other business shall be held at such time and date as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

            (b)   Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with respect to the right of holders of Preferred Stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation (A) who is a stockholder of record or beneficial owner on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.

            (c)   In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the Corporation.

            (d)   To be timely, a stockholder's notice to the secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) in the case of an annual meeting, not less than seventy-five (75) days nor more than one hundred (100) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever occurs first, and (ii) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever occurs first.

            (e)   To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to the secretary must set forth (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (C) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (D) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitations of the proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor provisions thereto; and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice (A) the name and record address of such stockholder, (B) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (C) a description of all



    arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (D) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (E) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor provisions thereto. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to service as a director if elected.

            (f)    No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation, at any annual meeting of stockholders or at any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2. If the chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

            (g)   The determination of whether shares of capital stock of the Corporation are owned beneficially under this Section 2 shall be made in the manner applicable to proposals submitted pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions thereto.

        SECTION 3.    VOTING.    Each stockholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or Delaware law shall, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or Delaware law otherwise provides, be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The vote for directors, and upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote upon any question before the meeting, shall be by ballot. Except for the election of directors, which shall be decided by a plurality of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat, all matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting duly called and entitled to vote thereat, except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation and/or Delaware law.

        A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy (i) by executing a writing authorizing such person or persons to act as such, which execution may be accomplished by such stockholder or such stockholder's authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, facsimile signature, or (ii) by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission (a "Transmission") to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such Transmission, which Transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that such Transmission was authorized by such stockholder. The secretary or such other person or persons as shall be appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors shall examine Transmissions to determine if they are valid. If it is determined that a Transmission is valid, the person or persons making that determination shall specify the information upon which such person or persons relied. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of such writing or such a Transmission that is a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or Transmission may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or Transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or Transmission could be used.

        The secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to



the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of stockholders or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

        SECTION 4.    QUORUM.    Except as provided in the next Section hereof, any number of stockholders together holding a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, who shall be present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting duly called, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is present when a meeting is convened, the subsequent withdrawal of stockholders, even though less than a quorum remains, shall not affect the ability of the remaining stockholders lawfully to transact business.

        SECTION 5.    ADJOURNMENT OF MEETINGS.    If less than a quorum shall be in attendance at any time for which the meeting shall have been called, the meeting may, after the lapse of at least half an hour, be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the stockholders present or represented and entitled to vote thereat. If notice of such adjourned meeting is sent to the stockholders entitled by statute to receive the same, and such notice contains a statement of the purpose of the meeting, that the previous meeting failed for lack of a quorum, and that under the provisions of this Section it is proposed to hold the adjourned meeting with a quorum of those present, then any number of stockholders, in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at such meeting unless otherwise provided by statute.

        In addition, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum (or, in the case of specified business to be voted on by a class or series, the chairman or a majority of the shares of such class or series so represented may adjourn the meeting with respect to such specified business). Notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the date, time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 7 of this Article I.

        SECTION 6.    SPECIAL MEETINGS; HOW CALLED.    Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called only (a) by the chairman of the board and chief executive officer or the secretary, and shall be called by the chairman of the board and chief executive officer or the secretary upon a request in writing therefor, stating the purpose or purposes thereof, delivered to the chairman of the board and chief executive officer or the secretary, signed by a majority of the directors or (b) by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors. The business transacted at a special meeting of stockholders shall be limited solely to the matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the Corporation's notice of meeting.

        SECTION 7.    NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS.    Written or printed notice stating the time and place, if any, of regular or special meetings of the stockholders, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the general nature of the business to be considered shall be prepared and delivered, either personally or by mail, by the secretary, or such other officer as the Board of Directors may designate, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation as of the record date of the meeting, at least ten (10) days but not more than sixty (60) days before the date of such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at such stockholder's address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. Stockholders not entitled to vote shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meetings except as otherwise provided by statute.



        Without limiting the foregoing, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 7 shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation and shall also be deemed revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or assistant secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given by a form of electronic transmission in accordance with these Bylaws shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by another form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

        Any written waiver of notice, signed by the stockholder entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

        For purposes of these Bylaws, "electronic transmission" means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

        SECTION 8.    CONDUCT OF THE MEETINGS.    

            (a)   The chairman of the board, or his or her designee, shall preside over meetings of stockholders and shall have absolute authority over matters of procedure, and there shall be no appeal from the ruling of the chairman. If the chairman, in his or her absolute discretion, deems it advisable to dispense with the rules of parliamentary procedure as to any one meeting of stockholders or part thereof, the chairman shall so state and shall clearly state the rules under which the meeting or appropriate part thereof shall be conducted.

            (b)   If disorder should arise which prevents continuation of the legitimate business of the meeting, the chairman may quit the chair and announce the adjournment of the meeting; and upon his or her doing so, the meeting is immediately adjourned.

            (c)   The chairman may ask or require that anyone not a bona fide stockholder or proxy leave the meeting.

            (d)   A resolution or motion shall be considered for vote only if (i) proposed by a stockholder or duly authorized proxy, and seconded by an individual, who is a stockholder or a duly authorized proxy, other than the individual who proposed the resolution and (ii) all other requirements under law, the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or otherwise for consideration of such a resolution or motion have been duly satisfied as determined by the chairman in his or her absolute discretion, from which there shall be no appeal.

        SECTION 9.    ANNUAL MEETINGS.    

            (a)   No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders, other than business that is either (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (ii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual


    meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (A) who is a stockholder of record or beneficial owner on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 9 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 9.

            (b)   In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the Corporation, which notice is not withdrawn by such stockholder at or prior to such annual meeting.

            (c)   To be timely, a stockholder's notice to the secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than seventy-five (75) days nor more than one hundred (100) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever occurs first.

            (d)   To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such stockholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

            (e)   No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 9. If the chairman of the annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

            (f)    The determination of whether shares of capital stock of the Corporation are owned beneficially under this Section 9 shall be made in the same manner applicable to proposals submitted pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions thereto.

ARTICLE II
DIRECTORS

        SECTION 1.    QUORUM.    One-half of the total number of directors (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next whole number) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned. The Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may also transact business without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing (which may be in counterparts) or by electronic transmission, and the written consent or consents or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee. Such filing shall be made in paper form if the minutes of the Corporation are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.


        The act of the majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

        SECTION 2.    REGULAR MEETINGS.    A regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held, without call or notice, in connection with the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organizing the Board of Directors, electing officers and transacting any other business that may properly come before such meeting. Additional regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without call or notice at such times as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

        SECTION 3.    ELECTION OF OFFICERS.    At the first meeting or at any subsequent meeting called for the purpose, the directors shall elect a chairman of the board and chief executive officer as well as a secretary, and may elect a president, one or more executive vice presidents, one or more senior vice presidents, one or more group vice presidents, one or more corporate vice presidents, one or more vice presidents, a treasurer, and one or more assistant secretaries, who need not be directors. Each such officer shall hold office until the next annual election of officers, and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such officer's earlier resignation, removal or death.

        SECTION 4.    SPECIAL MEETINGS; HOW CALLED; NOTICE.    Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman of the board and chief executive officer, and shall be called by the chairman of the board and chief executive officer or the secretary on the written request of any two directors. Notice of each such meeting shall state the date, time and place of the meeting, and shall be delivered to each director either personally, by telephone, telegraph, cable or, if consented to by a director, other electronic transmission, at least 24 hours before the time at which such meeting is to be held or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the director at his or her residence or usual place of business, at least four days before the day on which such meeting is to be held. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws as provided under Article VII hereof. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all of the directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting, either before or after such meeting.

        SECTION 5.    PLACE OF MEETING.    The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the Corporation, outside the State of Delaware, at any office or offices of the Corporation, or at any place as they may from time to time determine.

        SECTION 6.    TELEPHONIC MEETINGS.    Directors, or any committee of directors designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

        SECTION 7.    GENERAL POWERS OF DIRECTORS.    The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, and subject to the restrictions imposed by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may exercise all the powers of the Corporation, including any powers incidental thereto.

        SECTION 8.    COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.    Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors, but the Board of Directors may by resolution authorize compensation together with expenses of attendance at meetings. Such compensation may take the form of cash, stock options or other compensation. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES

        The Board of Directors may in its discretion, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, appoint one or more committees, each consisting of one or more of the directors of the



Corporation, which committee shall have and may exercise such of the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation as shall be conferred by the resolution appointing it, and which, in furtherance thereof, may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but the power and authority of any such committee shall be subject to the provisions of Section 141(c) (or its successor provision) of the Delaware General Corporation Law and any other applicable statute.

        The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of or to dissolve any such committee. Any such committee may make such rules for the conduct of its business as it shall from time to time deem necessary or appropriate. Except as may be otherwise provided by resolution of the Board, one half of the total number of directors (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next whole number), shall constitute a quorum.

        Regular meetings of any committee may be held without call or notice at such time as determined by the committee. Notice of special meetings shall be given to each member of the committee in the manner provided for in Section 4 of Article II and such notice may be waived if all of the committee members are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting, either before or after such meeting.

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

        SECTION 1.    The officers of the Corporation shall be the chairman of the board and chief executive officer and the secretary, and may include a president, one or more executive vice presidents, one or more senior vice presidents, one or more group vice presidents, one or more corporate vice presidents, one or more vice presidents, a treasurer, one or more assistant secretaries and such other officers as may from time to time be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

        SECTION 2.    CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.    The chairman of the board and chief executive officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have the responsibility for the management of the Corporation and such other powers and duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors. The chairman of the board and chief executive officer shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors (other than meetings of the non-management and/or independent members of the Board). He or she shall act as liaison from and as spokesperson for the Board of Directors. He or she shall participate in long range planning for the Corporation. He or she may sign shares of the Corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, or which are in the ordinary course of business of the Corporation. He or she may vote, either in person or by proxy, all the shares of the capital stock of any company which the Corporation owns or is otherwise entitled to vote at any and all meetings of the stockholders of such company and shall have the power to accept or waive notice of such meetings. He or she shall in general perform all duties incident to the office and such other duties as shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

        SECTION 3.    PRESIDENT.    The president shall have such duties and authority as the chairman of the board and chief executive officer may determine from time to time. In the absence or disability of the chairman of the board and chief executive officer, the president shall exercise all powers and discharge all of the duties of the chairman of the board and chief executive officer, including the general supervision and control of all the business and affairs of the Corporation. The president may sign any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed or which are in the ordinary course of business of the Corporation. The president may vote, either in person or by proxy, all the shares of the capital stock of any company



which the Corporation owns or is otherwise entitled to vote at any and all meetings of the stockholders of such company and shall have the power to accept or waive notice of such meetings.

        SECTION 4.    VICE PRESIDENTS.    In the absence or disability of the chairman of the board and chief executive officer and the president, the functions of the chairman of the board and chief executive officer shall be performed by the executive vice president who was first elected to that office and who is not then absent or disabled, or, if none, the senior vice president who was first elected to that office and who is not then absent or disabled, or, if none, the group vice president who was first elected to that office and who is not then absent or disabled, or, if none, the corporate vice president who was first elected to that office and who is not then absent or disabled, or, if none, the vice president who was first elected to that office and who is not then absent or disabled. Each executive vice president, senior vice president, group vice president, corporate vice president and vice president shall have such powers and shall discharge such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the chairman of the board and chief executive officer or the president and may sign any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed or which are in the ordinary course of business. Each executive vice president, senior vice president, group vice president, corporate vice president and vice president may vote, either in person or by proxy, all the shares of the capital stock of any company which the Corporation owns or is otherwise entitled to vote at any and all meetings of the stockholders of such company and shall have the power to accept or waive notice of such meetings.

        SECTION 5.    SECRETARY.    The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and directors, and all other notices required by law or by these Bylaws, and in the case of his or her absence or refusal or neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed by the chairman of the board and chief executive officer or the directors, upon whose requisition the meeting is called as provided in these Bylaws. The secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and of the directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board and chief executive officer, or the president. The secretary shall have the custody of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to all instruments requiring it, when authorized by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board and chief executive officer, or the president, and attest the same. The secretary shall have charge of the original stock books, transfer books and stock ledgers, and act as transfer agent in respect of the stock and the securities of the Corporation in the absence of designation by the Board of Directors of a corporate transfer agent, and shall perform all of the other duties incident to the office of secretary. The secretary may vote, either in person or by proxy, all the shares of the capital stock of any company which the Corporation owns or is otherwise entitled to vote at any and all meetings of the stockholders of such company and shall have the power to accept or waive notice of such meetings.

        SECTION 6.    ASSISTANT SECRETARY.    Each assistant secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or delegated to him or her by the secretary, and in the absence or inability of the secretary to act, shall have the same general powers as the secretary. Each assistant secretary may vote, either in person or by proxy, all the shares of the capital stock of any company which the Corporation owns or is otherwise entitled to vote at any and all meetings of the stockholders of such company and shall have the power to accept or waive notice of such meetings.

        SECTION 7.    TREASURER.    The treasurer shall perform such duties as shall be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board and chief executive officer or the president.

ARTICLE V
RESIGNATIONS AND FILLING OF VACANCIES

        SECTION 1.    RESIGNATIONS.    Any director, member of a committee or other officer may resign at any time. Such resignations shall be made in writing or by electronic transmission and shall take


effect at the time specified therein and, if no time be specified, at the time of the receipt of such resignation by the chairman of the board and chief executive officer or secretary. The acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

        SECTION 2.    FILLING OF VACANCIES.    If the office of any member of a committee or other officer becomes vacant, the vacancy may be filled only by the remaining directors in office, who, by a majority vote, may appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors, resulting from an increase in the number of directors or for any other reason, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. A person appointed to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the unexpired term or until the next election of the class to which the director has been assigned, and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI
CAPITAL STOCK

        SECTION 1.    CERTIFICATES OF STOCK.    Certificates of stock, numbered and with the seal of the Corporation affixed, signed by the chairman of the board and chief executive officer, the president or any vice president, and the secretary or an assistant secretary or the treasurer, shall be issued to each stockholder certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation. Any or all the signatures on these certificates may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

        SECTION 2.    LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES.    A new certificate of stock may be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the directors may, in their discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such stockholder's legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as they may direct, sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

        SECTION 3.    TRANSFER OF SHARES.    The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers, or to such other person as the directors may designate, by whom they shall be canceled, and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. A record shall be made of each transfer, and whenever a transfer shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer.

        SECTION 4.    DETERMINATION OF RECORD DATE.    

            (a)   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled (i) to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, (ii) to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, (iii) to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or (iv) to take, receive or participate in any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which, in the case of action involving a meeting of stockholders, shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, and which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

            (b)   If no record date is fixed:

                (i)  The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on


      which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

               (ii)  The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

            (c)   A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

        SECTION 5.    DIVIDENDS.    Subject to the applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, and Delaware law, the directors may declare dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation as and when they deem expedient.

ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS

        The stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in elections of directors of the Corporation considered as one class, or the directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, may amend or alter any of these Bylaws, provided the substance of the proposed amendment shall have been stated in the notice of the meeting. "Voting Stock" means the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

        SECTION 1.    CORPORATE SEAL.    The corporate seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the Corporation, and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware." Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

        SECTION 2.    FISCAL YEAR.    The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.

        SECTION 3.    REGISTERED OFFICE.    A registered office of the Corporation shall be established and maintained at the office of The Corporation Trust Company, in the City of Wilmington and County of New Castle, and such company shall be the registered agent of this Corporation in the State of Delaware.

        SECTION 4.    BANK ACCOUNTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, NOTES.    The Corporation shall maintain such bank accounts and checks upon such accounts shall be signed and/or countersigned by such officers as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors. Notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.




QuickLinks

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
EX-10.17 3 a2152327zex-10_17.htm EX-10.17
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.17

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

        THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 23, 2002 (this "Amendment"), is by and among Edwards Lifesciences Financing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Seller"), Edwards Lifesciences LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Servicer"), Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Blue Ridge"), the liquidity banks from time to time party to the Liquidity Agreement (the "Liquidity Banks;" together with Blue Ridge, the "Purchasers") and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as agent for the Purchasers (the "Agent"), and pertains to the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of December 21, 2000 amongst the parties hereto (as heretofore and hereby amended, the "Purchase Agreement"). Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

        WHEREAS, the Seller wishes to make certain amendments to the Purchase Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, the Agent and the Purchasers are willing to agree to such amendments.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

        1.     Amendments.

            (a)   The definition of "Dilution Horizon Ratio" set forth in Exhibit I to the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

    "Dilution Horizon Ratio" means, as of any Cut-off Date, a ratio (expressed as a decimal), computed by dividing (i) the aggregate sales generated by the Originator during the most recent Settlement Period ending on such Cut-off Date (ii) the Net Pool Balance as of such Cut-off Date.

            (b)   The last sentence of the definition of "Eligible Receivable" set forth in Exhibit I to the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, 50% of the sales generated by the Distributor Division as shown in the Monthly Report shall be deemed ineligible. The Agent reserves the right, in its reasonable discretion, to adjust such percentage based on information provided to the Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

            (c)   Section 9.1(h) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

         (h)  As at the end of any Calculation Period:

          (i)  the three-month rolling average Delinquency Ratio shall exceed 4.50%,

         (ii)  the three-month rolling average Default Trigger Ratio shall exceed 8.75%, or

        (iii)  the three-month rolling average Dilution Ratio shall exceed 2.00%..

        2.     Representations and Warranties. In order to induce Blue Ridge and the Agent, on behalf of the other Purchasers, to enter into this Amendment, each of the Seller Parties hereby represents and warrants to Blue Ridge and the Agent, on behalf of the other Purchasers, as follows:

            (a)   The execution and delivery by such party of this Amendment, and the performance of its obligations under the Purchase Agreement as amended hereby, are within such party's organizational powers and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational action on its part;

            (b)   This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such party, and the Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes such party's legal, valid and binding obligation,



    enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), and

            (c)   As of the date hereof, no event has occurred and is continuing that will constitute an Amortization Event or an Unmatured Amortization Event.

        3.     Conditions Precedent. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first above written upon:

            (a)   execution and delivery to the Agent of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto,

            (b)   execution and delivery to the Agent of a counterpart of an amended and restated Fee Letter by each of the parties thereto, and

        4.     Miscellaneous.

            (a)   CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

            (b)   Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

            (c)   Ratification of Purchase Agreement. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Purchase Agreement remains unaltered and in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed.

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date hereof.

    EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES FINANCING LLC

 

 

By:

/s/  
BRUCE J. BENTCOVER      
    Name: Bruce J. Bentcover
Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES LLC

 

 

By:

/s/  
BRUCE J. BENTCOVER      
    Name: Bruce J. Bentcover
Title: Chief Financial Officer

[Edwards Signature Page to Third Amendment to Edwards RPA]


    BLUE RIDGE ASSET FUNDING CORPORATION

 

 

By: Wachovia Bank, National Association,
its attorney in fact

 

 

By:

/s/  
DOUGLAS R. WILSON, SR.      
    Name: Douglas R. Wilson, Sr.
Title: Vice President

 

 

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as a Liquidity Bank and as Agent

 

 

By:

/s/  
GARY G. FLEMING, JR.      
    Name: Gary G. Fleming, Jr.
Title: Director

[Blue Ridge/Wachovia Signature Page to Third Amendment to Edwards RPA]




QuickLinks

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
EX-10.18 4 a2152327zex-10_18.htm EX-10.18
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.18

FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT AND FIFTH AMENDMENT
TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

        THIS FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT AND FIFTH AMENDMENT TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of March 3, 2004 (this "Forbearance and Amendment"), is by and among Edwards Lifesciences Financing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Seller"), Edwards Lifesciences LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Servicer"), Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Blue Ridge"), the liquidity banks from time to time party to the Liquidity Agreement (the "Liquidity Banks;" together with Blue Ridge, the "Purchasers") and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as agent for the Purchasers (the "Agent"), and pertains to the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of December 21, 2000 amongst the parties hereto (as heretofore and hereby amended, the "Purchase Agreement"). Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

        WHEREAS, the Seller requests that the Agent and the Purchasers forbear from exercising their remedies under the Purchase Agreement with respect to certain Amortization Events and wishes to make certain amendments to the Purchase Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, the Agent and the Purchasers are willing to agree to such forbearance and such amendments.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

        1.     Forbearance. The Seller Parties have informed the Agent that (i) the Seller Parties have not produced the financial statements of the Seller required to be produced pursuant to Section 7.1(i)(I); (ii) they have not marked their master data processing records and other books and records relating to the Receivables with the legend required pursuant to Section 7.1(e)(ii); and (iii) the Seller has not had board meetings required pursuant to Section 7.1(i)(G) (the failures described in clause (i), (ii) and (iii) collectively referred to herein as the "Noncompliance"). The Noncompliance has resulted in Amortization Events pursuant to Section 9.1(d). The Agent and the Purchaser hereby agree to forbear from exercising any of their default-related rights with respect to the Noncompliance until the date which is sixty (60) days from the date hereof. If the Seller Parties comply with each of the requirements in clause (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the Agent and the Purchaser hereby agree to enter into a waiver agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, the Purchasers and the Seller Parties, waving all Amortization Events caused by the Noncompliance.

        2.     Amendments. Exhibit I to the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating in its entirety the following definition appearing therein:

    "Dilution Horizon Ratio" means, as of any Cut-off Date, a ratio (expressed as a decimal), computed by dividing (i) the aggregate sales generated by the Originator during the most recent one and one-half Settlement Periods ending on such Cut-off Date by (ii) the Net Pool Balance as of such Cut-off Date.

        3.     Representations and Warranties. In order to induce Blue Ridge and the Agent, on behalf of the other Purchasers, to enter into this Forbearance and Amendment, each of the Seller Parties hereby represents and warrants to Blue Ridge and the Agent, on behalf of the other Purchasers, as follows:

            (a)   The execution and delivery by such party of this Forbearance and Amendment, and the performance of its obligations under the Purchase Agreement as amended hereby, are within such party's organizational powers and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational action on its part;


            (b)   This Forbearance and Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such party, and the Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes such party's legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), and

            (c)   Other than the Amortization Events described in Section 1 of this Forbearance and Amendment, as of the date hereof, no event has occurred and is continuing that will constitute an Amortization Event or an Unmatured Amortization Event.

        4.     Conditions Precedent. This Forbearance and Amendment shall become effective as of the date first above written upon:

            (a)   execution and delivery to the Agent of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto,

            (b)   receipt by Agent of a fully earned, non-refundable extension fee in the amount of $15,000.

        5.     Miscellaneous.

            (a)   CHOICE OF LAW. THIS FORBEARANCE AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

            (b)   Counterparts. This Forbearance and Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

            (c)   Ratification of Purchase Agreement. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Purchase Agreement remains unaltered and in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed.

[Signature Pages Follow]

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Forbearance and Amendment to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date hereof.

    EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES FINANCING LLC

 

 

By:

/s/  
CORINNE H. LYLE      
    Name: Corinne H. Lyle
Title: Corporate Vice President
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES LLC

 

 

By:

/s/  
CORINNE H. LYLE      
    Name: Corinne H. Lyle
Title: Corporate Vice President
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

[Edwards Signature Page to Fifth Amendment to Edwards RPA]


    BLUE RIDGE ASSET FUNDING CORPORATION

 

 

BY: WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC,
ITS ATTORNEY IN FACT

 

 

By:

/s/  
DOUGLAS R. WILSON, SR.      
    Name: Douglas R. Wilson, Sr.
Title: Vice President

 

 

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
AS A LIQUIDITY BANK AND AS AGENT

 

 

By:

/s/  
GARY G. FLEMING, JR.      
    Name: Gary G. Fleming, Jr.
Title: Director

[Blue Ridge/Wachovia Signature Page to Fifth Amendment to Edwards RPA]




QuickLinks

FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT AND FIFTH AMENDMENT TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
EX-10.19 5 a2152327zex-10_19.htm EX-10.19
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.19

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

        THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 20, 2004 (this "Amendment"), is by and among Edwards Lifesciences Financing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Seller"), Edwards Lifesciences LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Servicer"), Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Blue Ridge"), the liquidity banks from time to time party to the Liquidity Agreement (the "Liquidity Banks;" together with Blue Ridge, the "Purchasers") and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as agent for the Purchasers (the "Agent"), and pertains to the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of December 21, 2000 amongst the parties hereto (as heretofore and hereby amended, the "Purchase Agreement"). Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

        WHEREAS, the Seller wishes to make certain amendments to the Purchase Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, the Agent and the Purchasers are willing to agree to such amendments.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

        1.     Amendments.

            (a)   Section 8.3 of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to delete "an Amortization Event:" in each place where it appears and to substitute in lieu thereof "an Unmatured Amortization Event or Amortization Event".

            (b)   Section 9.1(h) of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        (h)   As at the end of any Calculation Period:

          (i)  the three-month rolling average Delinquency Ratio shall exceed 2.00%,

         (ii)  the three-month rolling average Default Trigger Ratio shall exceed 3.75%, or

        (iii)  the three-month rolling average Dilution Ratio shall exceed 2.00%.

        2.     Representations and Warranties. In order to induce Blue Ridge and the Agent, on behalf of the other Purchasers, to enter into this Amendment, each of the Seller Parties hereby represents and warrants to Blue Ridge and the Agent, on behalf of the other Purchasers, as follows:

            (a)   The execution and delivery by such party of this Amendment, and the performance of its obligations under the Purchase Agreement as amended hereby, are within such party's organizational powers and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational action on its part;

            (b)   This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such party, and the Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes such party's legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), and

            (c)   As of the date hereof, no event has occurred and is continuing that will constitute an Amortization Event or an Unmatured Amortization Event.



        3.     Conditions Precedent. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first above written upon:

            (a)   execution and delivery to the Agent of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto,

            (b)   execution and delivery to the Agent of a counterpart of an amended and restated Fee Letter by each of the parties thereto, and

            (c)   the Agent's receipt of a fully-earned and non-refundable amendment fee of $15,000 in immediately available funds.

        4.     Miscellaneous.

            (a)   CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

            (b)   Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

            (c)   Ratification of Purchase Agreement. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Purchase Agreement remains unaltered and in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed.

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date hereof.

    EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES FINANCING LLC

 

 

By:

/s/  
CORINNE H. LYLE      
    Name: Corinne H. Lyle
Title: Corporate Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES LLC

 

 

By:

/s/  
CORINNE H. LYLE      
    Name: Corinne H. Lyle
Title: Corporate Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

[Signature Page to Sixth Amendment to Edwards RPA]


    BLUE RIDGE ASSET FUNDING CORPORATION

 

 

BY: WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC,
ITS ATTORNEY IN FACT

 

 

By:

/s/  
DOUGLAS R. WILSON, SR.      
    Name: Douglas R. Wilson, Sr.
Title: Vice President

 

 

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
AS A LIQUIDITY BANK AND AS AGENT

 

 

By:

/s/  
KENNY KARPOWICZ      
    Name: Kenny Karpowicz
Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Sixth Amendment to Edwards RPA]




QuickLinks

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
EX-10.22 6 a2152327zex-10_22.htm EX-10.22
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.22

        Nonemployee Directors Stock Incentive Program

(Amended and Restated as of March 4, 2005)

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation



Contents

 
   
   
Article 1.   Establishment, Objectives, and Duration   1
Article 2.   Definitions   1
Article 3.   Administration   3
Article 4.   Eligibility and Participation   4
Article 5.   Shares Subject to the Program   4
Article 6.   Stock Options   5
Article 7.   Stock Issuances   7
Article 8.   Restricted Stock   7
Article 9.   Restricted Stock Units   8
Article 10.   Stock Appreciation Rights   9
Article 11.   Automatic Awards to Nonemployee Directors   9
Article 12.   Beneficiary Designation   11
Article 13.   Deferrals   11
Article 14.   Rights of Participants   11
Article 15.   Change in Control   12
Article 16.   Amendment, Modification, and Termination   12
Article 17.   Compliance with Applicable Law and Withholding   12
Article 18.   Indemnification   13
Article 19.   Successors   14
Article 20.   Legal Construction   14

i


Edwards Lifesciences Corporation


Nonemployee Directors Stock Incentive Program
(amended and restated as of March 4, 2005)

Article 1.    Establishment, Objectives, and Duration

    1.1.
    Establishment of the Program. Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"), hereby amends and restates the incentive compensation plan formerly known as the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Nonemployee Directors and Consultants Stock Incentive Program (hereinafter, as amended and restated, referred to as the "Program"), as set forth in this document, effective as of March 4, 2005. Prior to such amendment and restatement, consultants were eligible to participate in the Program. The Program was previously amended and restated in March 2002, November 2002, May 2003 and February 19, 2004. The Program permits the grant of Nonqualified Stock Options, Stock Issuances, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Stock Appreciation Rights.

      The Program became effective as of April 1, 2000 (the "Effective Date") and shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3 hereof.

    1.2.
    Objectives of the Program. The objectives of the Program are to optimize the profitability and growth of the Company through long-term incentives which are consistent with the Company's goals and which link the personal interests of Participants to those of the Company's stockholders. The Program is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of Participants who make significant contributions to the Company's success and to allow Participants to share in the success of the Company.

    1.3.
    Duration of the Program. The Program shall commence on the Effective Date, as described in Section 1.1 hereof, and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board to amend or terminate the Program at any time pursuant to Article 16 hereof, until all Shares subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired according to the Program's provisions. However, in no event may an Award be granted under the Program on or after April 1, 2010.

Article 2.    Definitions

    Whenever used in the Program, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below, and when the meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word shall be capitalized:

    2.1.
    "Annual Retainer" means the fixed annual fee of a Nonemployee Director in effect on the first day of the year in which such Annual Retainer is payable for services to be rendered as a Nonemployee Director of the Company. The Annual Retainer does not include meeting or chairmanship fees.

    2.2.
    "Award" means, individually or collectively, a grant under this Program of Nonqualified Stock Options, Stock Issuances, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Stock Appreciation Rights.

    2.3.
    "Award Agreement" means an agreement entered into by the Company and each Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to Awards granted under this Program.

    2.4.
    "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

1


    2.5.
    "Change in Control" of the Company shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events:

    (a)
    Any "Person", as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company, any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, and any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or such proportionately owned corporation), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or

    (b)
    During any period of not more than twenty-four (24) months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company, and any new director (other than a director designated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2.5(a), 2.5(c), or 2.5(d) of this Section 2.5) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; or

    (c)
    The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than: (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person acquires more than thirty percent (30%) of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or

    (d)
    The Company's stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets (or any transaction having a similar effect.

    2.6.
    "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

    2.7.
    "Committee" means the Compensation and Governance Committee and any successor thereto or any other committee appointed by the Board to administer Awards to Participants, as specified in Article 3 herein.

    2.8.
    "Company" means Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto as provided in Article 19 herein.

    2.9.
    "Disability" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Participant's governing long-term disability plan, or if no such plan exists, at the discretion of the Board.

    2.10.
    "Effective Date" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1.1 hereof.

    2.11.
    "Employee" means an employee of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the Company.

    2.12.
    "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor act thereto.

2


    2.13.
    "Fair Market Value" means, at any date, the closing sale price on the principal securities exchange on which the Shares are traded on the last previous day on which a sale was reported.

    2.14.
    "Nonemployee Director" means a member of the Company's Board who is not an Employee of the Company.

    2.15.
    "Nonqualified Stock Option" or "Option" means an option to purchase Shares granted under Article 6 or Article 11 herein and which is not intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 422.

    2.16.
    "Option Price" means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option.

    2.17.
    "Participant" means a Nonemployee Director who has been selected to receive an Award or who has outstanding an Award granted under the Program.

    2.18.
    "Period of Restriction" means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is limited in some way (based on the passage of time, the achievement of performance goals, or upon the occurrence of other events as determined by the Committee, in its discretion), and the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, as provided in Article 8 herein.

    2.19.
    "Restricted Stock" means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 herein.

    2.20.
    "Restricted Stock Unit" means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 9 herein.

    2.21.
    "Shares" means the shares of common stock of the Company.

    2.22.
    "Stock Appreciation Right" means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 10 herein.

    2.23.
    "Stock Issuance" means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 7 herein.

    2.24.
    "Subsidiary" means any business, whether or not incorporated, in which the Company beneficially owns, directly or indirectly through another entity or entities, securities or interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities or voting interests of such business.

Article 3.    Administration

    3.1.
    General. The Program shall be administered by the Compensation and Governance Committee of the Board, or by any other Committee appointed by the Board. Any Committee administering the Program shall be comprised entirely of directors. The members of the Committee shall be appointed from time to time by and shall serve at the sole discretion of the Board. Members of the Committee may participate in the Program. The Committee shall have the authority to delegate administrative duties to officers, Employees, or directors of the Company; provided that the Committee shall not be able to delegate its authority with respect to granting Awards.

    3.2.
    Authority of the Committee. Except as limited by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, and subject to the provisions of the Program, the Committee shall have the authority to: (a) interpret the provisions of the Program, and prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and procedures relating to the Program; (b) grant Awards under the Program, in such forms and amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, Awards which are made in combination with or in tandem with

3


      other Awards (whether or not contemporaneously granted) or compensation or in lieu of current or deferred compensation; (c) subject to Article 16, modify the terms of, cancel and reissue, or repurchase outstanding Awards; (d) prescribe the form of agreement, certificate or other instrument evidencing any Award under the Program; (e) correct any defect or omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the Program or in any Award hereunder; (f) design Awards to satisfy requirements to make such Awards tax-advantaged to Participants in any jurisdiction or for any other reason that the Company desires; and (g) make all other determinations and take all other actions as it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Program; provided, however, that except for adjustments made pursuant to Section 5.4, no outstanding Option will be amended or cancelled in connection with any program that is considered a repricing of the Option under the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Shares are traded without stockholder approval. The determination of the Committee on matters within its authority shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and all other persons. The Committee shall comply with all applicable laws in administering the Plan. As permitted by law (and subject to Section 3.1 herein), the Committee may delegate its authority as identified herein.

    3.3.
    Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Program and all related orders and resolutions of the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its stockholders, directors, Participants, and their estates and beneficiaries.

Article 4.    Eligibility and Participation

    4.1.
    Eligibility. Persons eligible to participate in this Program shall be all Nonemployee Directors.

    4.2.
    Actual Participation. Subject to the provisions of the Program, the Committee may, from time to time, select from all eligible Nonemployee Directors those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award.

Article 5.    Shares Subject to the Program

    5.1.
    Number of Shares Available for Grants. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.4 herein, the number of Shares hereby reserved for delivery to Participants under the Program shall be six hundred thousand (600,000) Shares. Subject to the restrictions for Nonemployee Directors set forth in Article 11, the Committee shall determine the appropriate methodology for calculating the number of Shares issued pursuant to the Program.

    5.2.
    Type of Shares. Shares issued under the Program in connection with Options may be authorized and unissued Shares or issued Shares held as treasury Shares. Shares issued under the Program in connection with Restricted Stock shall be issued Shares held as treasury Shares; provided, however, that authorized and unissued Shares may be issued in connection with Restricted Stock to the extent that the Committee determines that past services of the Participant constitute adequate consideration for at least the par value thereof.

    5.3.
    Reuse of Shares.
    (a)
    General. In the event of the exercise or termination (by reason of forfeiture, expiration, cancellation, surrender or otherwise) of any Award under the Program, that number of Shares that was subject to the Award but not delivered shall again be available as Awards under the Program. In addition, the following Shares shall be available for reissuance under the Program: (i) Shares which are withheld from any Award or payment under the Program to satisfy tax withholding obligations; (ii) Shares which are surrendered to fulfill tax obligations incurred under the Program; and (iii) Shares which are surrendered in payment of the purchase price of an Award.

4


      (b)
      Restricted Stock. In the event that Shares are delivered under the Program as Restricted Stock and are thereafter forfeited or reacquired by the Company pursuant to rights reserved upon the grant thereof, such forfeited or reacquired Shares shall again be available as Awards under the Program.

    5.4.
    Adjustments in Authorized Shares. In the event of any change in corporate capitalization, such as a stock split, or a corporate transaction, such as any merger, consolidation, separation, including a spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Company, any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in Code Section 368) or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such adjustment shall be made in the number and class of Shares which may be delivered under Section 5.1, in the number and class of and/or price of Shares subject to outstanding Awards granted under the Program and in the number and/or class of Shares subject to Awards to be granted to Nonemployee Directors under Article 11, as shall be determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Board, in its sole discretion, to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights; provided, however, that the number of Shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. In a stock-for-stock acquisition of the Company, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, substitute securities of another issuer for any Shares subject to outstanding Awards.

Article 6.    Stock Options

    6.1.
    Grant of Options.
    (a)
    Subject to the terms and provisions of the Program, Options may be granted in such number, and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee.

    (b)
    If all or any portion of the exercise price or taxes incurred in connection with the exercise are paid by delivery (or, in the case of payment of taxes, by withholding of Shares) of other Shares of the Company, a Participant's Options may provide for the grant of replacement Options. All Options under the Program shall be granted in the form of nonqualified stock options as no Option under the Program may be granted in the form of an incentive stock option as defined under the provisions of Code Section 422.

    6.2.
    Award Agreement. Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Option Price, the duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

    6.3.
    Option Price. The Option Price for each grant of an Option under this Program shall be at least equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted.

    6.4.
    Duration of Options. Each Option granted to a Participant shall expire at such time, not later than the tenth (10th) anniversary date of its grant, as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that an Option may have such shorter or longer term as the Committee shall deem necessary to comply with applicable federal, state, local or, if applicable, foreign law, or, if the Committee so determines, to qualify for favorable tax treatment. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the term of each Option granted to a Participant after May 14, 2003, shall expire on the seventh (7th) anniversary date of its grant, subject to such provisions for earlier expiration as the Committee may specify in accordance with Section 6.8 (relating to termination of directorship) or otherwise.

    6.5.
    Exercise of Options. Options granted under this Article 6 shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant.

5


    6.6.
    Payment. Options granted under this Article 6 shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise (or such other form of notice as the Company may specify) to the Company, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the Shares (or a satisfactory "cashless exercise" notice).

      The Option Price upon exercise of any Option shall be payable to the Company in full either: (a) in cash or its equivalent; (b) by tendering previously acquired Shares (by either actual delivery or attestation) having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Price (provided that the Shares which are tendered must have been held by the Participant for at least six (6) months, or such shorter or longer period, if any, as is necessary to avoid variable accounting treatment); (c) by a cashless exercise as permitted under Federal Reserve Board's Regulation T, subject to applicable securities law restrictions and such procedures and limitations as the Company may specify from time to time; (d) by any other means which the Board determines to be consistent with the Program's purpose and applicable law; or (e) by a combination of two or more of (a) through (d).

      Subject to any governing rules or regulations, including cashless exercise procedures, as soon as practicable after receipt of a notification of exercise and full payment (or a satisfactory "cashless exercise" notice), the Company shall cause to be issued and delivered to the Participant, in certificate form or otherwise, evidence of the Shares purchased under the Option(s).

    6.7.
    Restrictions on Share Transferability. The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option granted under this Article 6 as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.

    6.8.
    Termination of Directorship. Each Participant's Option Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Participant's service to the Company as a Nonemployee Director. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with each Participant, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to this Article 6, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.

    6.9.
    Nontransferability of Options. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant's Award Agreement, no Option granted under this Article 6 may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant's Award Agreement, all Options granted to a Participant under this Article 6 shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant.

    6.10.
    Substitution of Cash. Unless otherwise provided in a Participant's Award Agreement, and notwithstanding any provision in the Program to the contrary (including but not limited to Section 16.3), in the event of a Change in Control in which the Company's stockholders holding Shares receive consideration other than shares of common stock that are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Committee shall have the authority to require that any outstanding Option be surrendered to the Company by a Participant for cancellation by the Company, with the Participant receiving in exchange a cash payment from the Company within ten (10) days of the Change in Control. Such cash payment shall be equal to the number of Shares under Option, multiplied by the excess, if any, of the greater of (i) the

6


      highest per Share price offered to stockholders in any transaction whereby the Change in Control takes place, or (ii) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Change in Control occurs, over the Option Price.

Article 7.    Stock Issuances

    7.1.
    Stock Issuance Awards. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Program, the Committee may issue Shares as fully vested shares ("Stock Issuances") in such number and upon such terms as shall be determined by the Committee.

    7.2.
    Consideration. A Stock Issuance may be awarded in consideration for cash, past services rendered to the Company or an Affiliate or for such other consideration as determined by the Committee.

Article 8.    Restricted Stock

    8.1.
    Restricted Stock Awards. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Program, the Committee may issue Shares subject to retention and transfer restrictions ("Restricted Stock") as shall be determined by the Committee.

    8.2.
    Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Each Restricted Stock grant shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Award Agreement that shall specify the Period(s) of Restriction, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock granted, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

    8.3.
    Restriction on Transferability. Except as provided in this Article 8, the Shares of Restricted Stock granted herein may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction established by the Committee and specified in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, or upon earlier satisfaction of any other conditions, as specified by the Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement. All rights with respect to the Restricted Stock granted to a Participant under the Program shall be available during his or her lifetime only to such Participant.

    8.4.
    Other Restrictions. The Committee shall impose such other conditions and/or restrictions on any Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Program as it may deem advisable including, without limitation, any or all of the following:

    (a)
    A required period of service with the Company, as determined by the Committee, prior to the vesting of Shares of Restricted Stock.

    (b)
    A requirement that Participants forfeit (or in the case of Shares sold to a Participant, resell to the Company at his or her cost) all or a part of Shares of Restricted Stock in the event of termination of his or her service as a Nonemployee Director during the Period of Restriction.

    (c)
    A prohibition against such Participants' dissemination of any secret or confidential information belonging to the Company, or the solicitation by Participants of the Company's Employees for employment by another entity.

      Shares of Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to the Program shall be registered in the name of the Participant and if such Shares are certificated, in the sole discretion of the Committee, such certificate may be deposited in a bank designated by the Committee or with the Company. The Committee may require a stock power endorsed in blank with respect to Shares of Restricted Stock whether or not certificated.

7


      Except as otherwise provided in this Article 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Program shall become freely transferable (subject to any restrictions under applicable securities law) by the Participant after the last day of the applicable Period of Restriction.

    8.5.
    Voting Rights. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock issued hereunder shall be entitled to exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares during the Period of Restriction.

    8.6.
    Dividends and Other Distributions. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, during the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock issued hereunder shall be entitled to regular cash dividends paid with respect to such Shares. The Committee may apply any restrictions to the dividends that the Committee deems appropriate.

    8.7.
    Termination of Directorship. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to vest in previously unvested Shares of Restricted Stock following termination of the Participant's service to the Company as a Nonemployee Director. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with each Participant, need not be uniform among all Shares of Restricted Stock issued pursuant to the Program, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.

Article 9.    Restricted Stock Units

    9.1.
    Restricted Stock Units Awards. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Program, the Committee may issue restricted stock units ("Restricted Stock Units") which entitle the Participant to receive the Shares underlying those units following the lapse of specified restrictions (whether based on the achievement of designated performance goals or the satisfaction of specified services or upon the expiration of a designated time period following the vesting of the units).

    9.2.
    Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement. Each Restricted Stock Units award shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement that shall specify the vesting restrictions, the number of Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units award, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

    9.3.
    Restrictions. The Committee shall impose such other conditions and/or restrictions on the issuance of any Shares under the Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to the Program as it may deem advisable including, without limitation, any or all of the following:

    (a)
    A required period of service with the Company, as determined by the Committee, prior to the issuance of Shares under the Restricted Stock Units award.

    (b)
    A requirement that the Restricted Stock Units award be forfeited in whole or in part in the event of termination of the Participant's services as a Nonemployee Director during the vesting period.

    (c)
    A prohibition against such Participants' dissemination of any secret or confidential information belonging to the Company, or the solicitation by Participants of the Company's Employees for employment by another entity.

      Except as otherwise provided in this Article 9, Shares subject to Restricted Stock Units under the Program shall be freely transferable (subject to any restrictions under applicable securities law) by the Participant after receipt of such shares.

8


    9.4.
    Stockholder Rights. Participants holding Restricted Stock Units issued hereunder shall not have any rights with respect to Shares subject to the award until the award vests and the Shares are issued hereunder. However, dividend-equivalent units may be paid or credited, either in cash or in actual or phantom Shares, on outstanding Restricted Stock Units awards, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may deem appropriate.

    9.5.
    Termination of Directorship. Each Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to vest in previously unvested Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units award following termination of the Participant's service to the Company as a Nonemployee Director. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with each Participant, need not be uniform among all Restricted Stock Unit awards issued pursuant to the Program, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.

Article 10.    Stock Appreciation Rights

    10.1.
    Stock Appreciation Rights Awards. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Program, the Committee may issue a Stock Appreciation Rights award which shall entitle the Participant to receive upon exercise a payment in cash or Shares underlying the exercised award equal to the excess (if any) of (a) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over (b) the aggregate base price in effect for such Shares. A Stock Appreciation Right shall become exercisable during such times and subject to such conditions as shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

    10.2.
    Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Rights award shall be evidenced by a Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement that shall specify the vesting restriction, the number of Shares subject to the award and such additional terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine.

    10.3.
    Base Price. The base price for each grant of a Stock Appreciation Right under this Program shall be at least equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the award is granted.

    10.4.
    Nontransferability of Stock Appreciation Rights. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant's Award Agreement, no Stock Appreciation Right granted under this Article 10 may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant's Award Agreement, all Stock Appreciation Rights granted to a Participant under this Article 10 shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant.

Article 11.    Automatic Awards to Nonemployee Directors

    11.1.
    Initial Awards.
    (a)
    Subject to the terms and provisions of the Program, each Nonemployee Director shall be granted Restricted Stock Units for five thousand (5,000) Shares effective as of the date of such Nonemployee Director's first election to the Board.

    (b)
    Each Initial Award shall vest in a series of two (2) successive equal annual installments upon the Participant's completion of each year of Board service over the two (2)-year period measured from the grant date. However, in no event shall Initial Awards for more than sixty thousand (60,000) Shares in the aggregate be issued under Article 11.1(a) which vest over a two (2)-year period. Any Initial Awards granted after Initial Awards for an aggregate of sixty thousand (60,000) Shares have been issued shall vest in a series of three (3) successive equal annual installments upon the Participant's completion of each year of

9


        Board service over the three (3)-year period measured from the grant date (or such longer period as determined by the Committee).

      (c)
      All additional terms of an Initial Award will be as set forth in Section 8, herein, or as set forth in the specific Award Agreement governing such award. Each Initial Award shall become fully-vested in the event of the Participant's death or Disability.

    11.2.
    Annual Awards.
    (a)
    Annual Grants Prior to April 30, 2004. Subject to the discretion of the Committee and the terms and provisions of the Program, during the period beginning January 1, 2001 and ending prior to April 30, 2004, each Nonemployee Director shall receive annually an Option to purchase ten thousand (10,000) Shares, effective as of the day following each annual meeting of the Company's stockholders (but subject to any vesting provisions or other restrictions determined by the Committee).

    (b)
    Annual Awards On and After April 30, 2004. Subject to the discretion of the Committee and the terms and provisions of the Program, during the period beginning April 30, 2004 and ending April 1, 2010, each Nonemployee Director shall receive annually, effective as of the day following each annual meeting of the Company's stockholders an award as follows:

    (i)
    An Option for up to ten thousand (10,000) Shares, or

    (ii)
    A Restricted Stock Units award for up to four thousand (4,000) Shares, or

    (iii)
    A combination of an Option and Restricted Stock Units award, provided that in no event may the total value of the Option and Restricted Stock Units award subject to such combined award exceed two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000). The Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine the amount and type of award for each year within the foregoing limitations. For such purposes, the value of the Annual Award shall be calculated as follows: (A) the value of an Option Share shall be equal to the fair value of an option share as estimated on the date of grant under a valuation model approved by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") for purposes of the Company's financial statements under FAS 123 (or any successor provision); and (B) the value of a Restricted Stock Unit shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Share on the award date.

    (c)
    Each Annual Award shall vest in a series of three (3) successive equal annual installments upon the Participant's completion of each year of Board service over the three (3)-year period measured from the award date (or such longer period as determined by the Committee). Each Annual Award shall become fully vested in the event of the Participant's death or Disability.

    (d)
    All additional terms of an Annual Award will be as set forth in Articles 6 and 9 herein, or as set forth in the specific Award Agreement governing such award.

    11.3.
    Annual Retainer Election.
    (a)
    Subject to the terms and provisions of the Program and any other restrictions set out by the Committee in its sole discretion, the Committee may permit each Nonemployee Director to elect to receive all or a portion of his or her Annual Retainer in the form of Options or Stock Issuances to be issued as of the first day on which such Annual Retainer is otherwise due and payable (the "Conversion Date") and using the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the Conversion Date as the Option Price of the Options.

    (b)
    If conversion elections are permitted by the Committee, each irrevocable election shall be made in accordance with such rules as the Committee may determine in its sole

10


        discretion. Except as may otherwise be determined by the Committee, in the event of a Participant's election to receive an Option in lieu of his Annual Retainer, the number of shares subject to the Option shall be determined by dividing that portion of the Annual Retainer to be paid in the form of the Option by the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Conversion Date and multiplying the quotient by four (4). In the event of a Participant's election to receive Shares in lieu of an Annual Retainer, the number of such Shares shall be determined by dividing that portion of the Annual Retainer to be paid in the form of Shares by the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Conversion Date. In the event the preceding formula would result in a fractional Share being issued or subject to the Option, the portion of the converted Annual Retainer attributable to such fractional Share will be refunded to the Nonemployee Director in cash instead of being converted into such fractional Share.

      (c)
      Any portion of a Nonemployee Director's Annual Retainer for which an election has not been made pursuant to this Section 11.3, shall be paid in cash to such Nonemployee Director at such time or times as payments thereof are customarily made by the Company.

      (d)
      All additional terms of an Award received as a result of the election described herein will be as set-forth in Sections 6 and 7, herein, or as set forth in the specific Award Agreement governing such Award.

Article 12.    Beneficiary Designation

    Each Participant under the Program may, from time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Program is to be paid in case of his or her death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant's lifetime. In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant's death shall be paid to the Participant's estate.

Article 13.    Deferrals

    The Committee may permit or require a Participant to defer such Participant's receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant by virtue of the exercise of an Option, or Stock Appreciation Right or under a Restricted Stock Unit Award. If any such deferral election is required or permitted, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals.

Article 14.    Rights of Participants

    14.1.
    Directorship. Nothing in the Program or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate at any time any Participant's service to the Company as a Nonemployee Director, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the service of the Company.

    14.2.
    Participation. No Nonemployee Director shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under this Program, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.

11


Article 15.    Change in Control

    Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control and notwithstanding the terms of any Award Agreement, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws, or by the rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges:

      (a)
      Any and all Options granted hereunder shall become immediately exercisable, and if granted before November 13, 2002 shall remain exercisable throughout their entire term; and any Option granted on or after November 13, 2002 shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Participant's date of termination of service or (ii) expiration of the Option term.

      (b)
      Any restriction periods and restrictions imposed on Awards shall lapse.

Article 16.    Amendment, Modification, and Termination

    16.1.
    Amendment, Modification, and Termination. Subject to the terms of the Program including Sections 16.2 and 16.3, the Board may at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Program in whole or in part. However, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Program that (a) materially increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Program (other than pursuant to Article 5.4), (b) expands the type of awards available under the Program, (c) materially expands the class of participants eligible to receive Awards under the Program, (d) materially extends the term of the Program, (e) materially changes the method of determining the Option Price under the Program or (f) deletes or limits any provision of the Program prohibiting the repricing of Options. The Committee may amend Awards previously granted under the Program.

    16.2.
    Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 5.4 hereof) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Program.

    16.3.
    Awards Previously Granted. Notwithstanding any provision of the Program or of any Award Agreement to the contrary (but subject to Section 6.10), no termination, amendment, or modification of the Program or amendment of an Award previously granted under the Program shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Program, without the express consent of the Participant holding such Award.

Article 17.    Compliance with Applicable Law and Withholding

    17.1.
    General. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Program shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Program or any Award Agreement, the following shall apply:

    (a)
    The Company shall have no obligation to issue any Shares under the Program if such issuance would violate any applicable law or any applicable regulation or requirement of any securities exchange or similar entity.

    (b)
    Prior to the issuance of any Shares under the Program, the Company may require a written statement that the recipient is acquiring the Shares for investment and not for the

12


        purpose or with the intention of distributing the Shares and that the recipient will not dispose of them in violation of the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

      (c)
      With respect to any Participant who is subject to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, the Committee may, at any time, add such conditions and limitations to Award or payment under the Program or implement procedures for the administration of the Program which it deems necessary or desirable to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

      (d)
      If, at any time, the Company, determines that the listing, registration, or qualification (or any updating of any such document) of any Award, or the Shares issuable pursuant thereto, is necessary on any securities exchange or under any federal or state securities or blue sky law, or that the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, any Award, the issuance of Shares pursuant to any Award, or the removal of any restrictions imposed on Shares subject to an Award, such Award shall not be granted and the Shares shall not be issued or such restrictions shall not be removed, as the case may be, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.

    17.2.
    Securities Law Compliance. Transactions under this Program are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the 1934 Act. To the extent any provision of the Program or action by the Committee or the Board fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board.

    17.3.
    Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, domestic and foreign taxes, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Program.

    17.4.
    Share Withholding. Awards payable in Shares may provide that with respect to withholding required upon any taxable event arising thereunder, Participants may elect to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold Shares to satisfy their withholding tax obligations; provided that Participants may only elect to have Shares withheld having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to or less than the minimum withholding tax which could be imposed on the transaction. All elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing, signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations, including prior Committee approval, that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

Article 18.    Indemnification

    Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee, or of the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Program and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company's approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's Certificate of

13


    Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

Article 19.    Successors

    All obligations of the Company under the Program with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall, to the extent legally permissible, be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

Article 20.    Legal Construction

    20.1.
    Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

    20.2.
    Severability. In the event any provision of the Program shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Program, and the Program shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

    20.3.
    Governing Law. To the extent not preempted by federal law, the Program, and all Award or other agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the state of Delaware without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

14




QuickLinks

Contents
Nonemployee Directors Stock Incentive Program (amended and restated as of March 4, 2005)
EX-10.26 7 a2152327zex-10_26.htm EX-10.26
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.26

Edwards Lifesciences
Corporation

Edwards Incentive Plan (2005)



Edwards Lifesciences Corporation

Edwards Incentive Plan

I.     PLAN OBJECTIVE

        The Edwards Incentive Plan (the "EIP") is an annual cash bonus program designed to motivate eligible participants to achieve financial and strategic objectives of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation (the "Company"). The EIP is intended to satisfy the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

II.    PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

        (a)   The EIP shall be administered by the Edwards Lifesciences Compensation and Governance Committee (the "Committee"). The Committee shall be comprised of not fewer than two members who shall be "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and the regulations thereunder. The Committee may delegate responsibility for plan administration to a designee; provided, however, the Committee may not delegate its responsibility regarding the grant and administration of awards which are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m). The term "Plan Administrator" as used herein shall mean the Committee or its designee.

        (b)   The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to establish the rules and regulations relating to the EIP, to interpret the EIP and those rules and regulations, to select participants in the EIP, to determine each participant's target award, to approve all of the awards, to decide the facts in any case arising under the EIP and to make all other determinations, including factual determinations, and to take all other actions necessary or appropriate for the proper administration of the EIP, including the delegation of such authority or power, where appropriate; provided, however, that only the Committee shall have authority to amend or terminate the EIP and the Plan Administrator shall not be authorized to increase the amount of the award payable to a Covered Employee that would otherwise be payable pursuant to the terms of the EIP. The Plan Administrator's administration of the EIP, including all such rules and regulations, interpretations, selections, determinations, approvals, decisions, delegations, amendments, terminations and other actions, shall be final and binding on the Company and all employees of the Company, including, the participants in the EIP and their respective beneficiaries.

III.  ELIGIBILITY

        Subject to such limitations or restrictions as the Plan Administrator may impose, the individuals eligible to participate in the EIP shall be regular employees of the Company and its subsidiaries in all locations worldwide.

        The Plan Administrator shall select the actual individuals who shall participate in the EIP for each Plan Year.

IV.    PERFORMANCE GOALS

        (a)   For each Plan Year for which awards are to be made under the EIP, the Committee will pre-establish (in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 162(m)) the performance goals to be achieved in order for any awards to be payable for that Plan Year and the threshold, target and maximum amounts that may be paid if the performance goals are met.

        (b)   The performance goals for participants who are Covered Employees will be based on one or more of the following business or operational criteria:

    return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, investment, equity or sales);

    earnings per share;

    net income (before or after taxes) or operating income;

    earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization or operating income before depreciation and amortization;

    sales or revenue targets;

    market to book value ratio;

    cash flow or free cash flow (cash flow from operations less capital expenditures);

    market share;

    cost reduction goals;

    budget comparisons;

    implementation, completion or progress of projects, processes, products or product-lines strategic or critical to the Company's business operations;

    measures of customer satisfaction;

    share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total shareholder return);

    working capital;

    economic value added;

    percentage of sales generated by products;

    progress of research and development projects or milestones;

    growth in sales of products or product lines;

    any combination of, or a specified increase in, any of the foregoing; and

    the formation of joint ventures, research and development collaborations, marketing or customer service collaborations, or the completion of other corporate transactions intended to enhance the Company's revenue or profitability or expand the Company's customer base.

        Each of these measures will be defined by the Plan Administrator on a corporation, subsidiary, group or division basis or the companies with peer group performance may include or exclude specified extraordinary items, as determined by the Plan Administrator.

        (c)   The specific goals for participants who are not Covered Employees may be based on the foregoing criteria or any other criteria determined by the Plan Administrator.

V.     TARGET BONUS LEVELS

        (a)   The Plan Administrator shall specify the performance goals for each participant which may be based on the Company's or a subsidiary's and/or a business unit's achievement of specified targets. The Plan Administrator may also establish individual performance goals for each participant. The Plan Administrator shall establish the threshold, target and maximum bonus levels for each participant in the EIP that will be paid upon the attainment of specified performance goals.

        (b)   Each participant will earn an award for a Plan Year based on the achievement of the performance goals established by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may adjust, upward or downward, the award for each participant who is not a Covered Employee, based on the Plan Administrator's determination of the overall performance of the Company, the participant's achievement of personal and other performance goals established by the Plan Administrator and other factors as the Plan Administrator determines. The Plan Administrator may reduce (but not increase) the award for each Covered Employee based on the Plan Administrator's determination of the overall

2



performance of the Company, the participant's achievement of personal and other performance goals established by the Plan Administrator and other factors as the Plan Administrator determines.

        (c)   Unless determined otherwise by the Plan Administrator, the target bonus amounts will be expressed as a dollar amount. In no event may the bonus paid to a participant for a Plan Year exceed two hundred percent (200%) of the participant's target bonus for the Plan Year.

        (d)   The maximum award that a Covered Employee may receive for any Plan Year is $2,500,000.

VI.   PAYMENT OF BONUSES

        (a)   The Plan Administrator shall certify and announce to the participants the awards that will be paid by the Company as soon as practicable following the final determination of the Company's financial results for the Plan Year. Payment of the awards certified by the Plan Administrator shall be made in a single lump sum cash payment as soon as practicable following such certification.

        (b)   Participants must be employed on the date of payment of the awards for the Plan Year to be eligible for an award from the EIP, except as described in subsections (c) and (d) below.

        (c)   Participants who terminate employment prior to the payment of the awards for the Plan Year will not be eligible for any award payment for that Plan Year. However, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to authorize a full or partial payment of the bonus to which the participant would have actually become entitled had such individual continued in employee status through the payment date, should such individual's employment terminate prior to such date by reason of his or her death, disability, retirement or involuntary termination due to a reduction in force, departmental reduction or job reduction that occurs after at least six months of service during the Plan Year. The bonus amounts in these cases will be based on the achievement of the performance goals for the Plan Year and the participant's actual level of individual performance. The awards may be prorated based on the period calculated from the date when the individual became eligible for the EIP to the date of termination. Payment will be made in a single payment at the same time as all other awards for the Plan Year are distributed.

        (d)   In the case of the death of a participant, any award payable to the participant shall be paid to his or her beneficiary. For this purpose, the Company will use the beneficiary named under the Company-sponsored life insurance plan. If no life insurance beneficiary is designated, the beneficiary will be the decedent's estate.

        (e)   The Plan Administrator may establish appropriate terms and conditions to accommodate newly hired and transferred employees, consistent, in the case of a Covered Employee, with Section 162(m) of the Code.

VII. CHANGES TO PERFORMANCE GOALS AND TARGET AWARDS

        At any time prior to the final determination of awards, for participants other than Covered Employees, the Plan Administrator may adjust the performance goals and target awards to reflect a change in corporate capitalization (such as a stock split or stock dividend), or a corporate transaction (such as a merger, consolidation, separation, reorganization or partial or complete liquidation), or to reflect equitably the occurrence of any extraordinary event, any change in applicable accounting rules or principles, any change in the Company's method of accounting, any change in applicable law, any change due to any merger, consolidation, acquisition, reorganization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares or other changes in the Company's corporate structure or shares, or any other change of a similar nature. The Plan Administrator may make the foregoing adjustments with respect to Covered Employees' awards to the extent the Plan Administrator deems appropriate, considering the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

3



VIII. DEFERRALS

        Participants who are eligible to participate in any deferred compensation plan of the Company may elect to forego all or a portion of their EIP awards to the extent and in accordance with the requirements of such deferral plan.

IX.   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

        Notwithstanding the above, the Committee, at its sole discretion, may amend, modify or change the EIP or its implementation at any time, including, but not limited to, revising performance targets, bonus multipliers, strategic goals and objectives and actual bonus payments. However, such amendment shall not occur without the appropriate approval of the Company's stockholders, if such approval is required by Code Section 162(m). The Committee may terminate the EIP at any time.

X.    MISCELLANEOUS

        (a)   The following definitions shall apply:

              (i)  "Covered Employee" means a participant who is one of the group of "covered employees" as defined in the regulations promulgated under Code Section 162(m), or any successor statute.

             (ii)  "Plan Year" means the calendar year beginning January 1 and ending December 31.

        (b)   Neither the establishment of the EIP, nor any action taken hereunder, shall be construed as giving any participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Nothing in the EIP, and no action taken pursuant to the EIP, shall affect the right of the Company to terminate a participant's employment at any time and for any or no reason. The Company is under no obligation to continue the EIP.

        (c)   A participant's right and interest under the EIP may not be assigned or transferred, except upon death, and any attempted assignment or transfer shall be null and void and shall extinguish, in the Company's sole discretion, the Company's obligation under the EIP to pay awards with respect to the participant. The Company's obligations under the EIP may be assigned to any corporation which acquires all or substantially all of the Company's assets or any corporation into which the Company may be merged or consolidated.

        (d)   The EIP shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund, or to make any other segregation of assets, to assure payment of awards. The Company's obligations hereunder shall constitute a general, unsecured obligation; awards shall be paid solely out of the Company's general assets, and no participant shall have any right to any specific assets of the Company.

        (e)   The Company shall have the right to deduct from awards any and all federal, state and local taxes or other amounts required by law to be withheld.

        (f)    The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of the EIP shall exclusively be governed by and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

4




QuickLinks

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation
Edwards Incentive Plan (2005)
Edwards Lifesciences Corporation
Edwards Incentive Plan
EX-10.27 8 a2152327zex-10_27.htm EX-10.27
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.27


Edwards Lifesciences Corporation

Officer Perquisite Program Guidelines
(as of March 2005)

        Edwards Lifesciences provides its corporate officers with a comprehensive perquisites program. The program is reviewed periodically by the Compensation and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Compensation Committee") to ensure that the program components and reimbursement levels remain competitive. The various program components are described below including the manner of payment or reimbursement.

        Participation in the Officer Perquisite Program is effective from the date an individual becomes a corporate vice president (or higher position) to the date an individual ceases to be a corporate vice president (or higher position). Throughout this document, the term "officer" shall mean such individual.

        Note that information and guidance contained in these Guidelines are subject to all applicable laws and regulations.

Tax Consequences

        Several elements of the Officer Perquisite Program may constitute taxable income to the officer. For each benefit described, we have indicated whether the receipt of the benefit is taxable income to the officer. It is important that the officer maintain a detailed record of the business use portion and the personal use portion of all expenses to ensure that Edwards can determine whether an expense should be taxable income.

        An officer will not be grossed-up for any taxes due upon the receipt of a taxable benefit.

Flexible Allowance

        An important feature of the perquisites program is a flexible allowance established to recognize our diverse officer group. Subject to such changes as may be made from time to time by the Compensation Committee, each officer (except for the Chief Executive Officer) is entitled to a $15,000 annual flexible allowance, and the Chief Executive Officer is entitled to a $40,000 annual flexible allowance. The annual flexible allowance is stated in the officer's Total Compensation Statement.

        Expenses that are to be reimbursed under the flexible allowance are identified under each of the different program elements.

        Unless stated otherwise, payments or reimbursements processed under the flexible allowance feature are considered business expenses and will not be treated as taxable income. However, any reimbursements that do not meet general IRS standards for business deductions will be considered additional taxable income and will be reported on the individual officer's W-2 (or any other such similar form).

I. CAR ALLOWANCE

        Officers will receive a monthly stipend to reimburse them for car-related expenses. This allowance is intended to cover expenses related to the lease or purchase, insurance, and maintenance of a vehicle, and will be reported as taxable income. Please note that the car allowance covers mileage for business use. Consequently, business mileage cannot be claimed for reimbursement. The car allowance is included in the officer's regular paycheck.



II.    COMPANY AIRPLANE

        To provide for the safety and convenience of Edwards' officers, the Company maintains fractional ownership in corporate aircraft. Officers' use of the aircraft for business reasons is not considered taxable income.

        Flexible Allowance:    If an officer takes a spouse on the corporate aircraft to a business function where spousal attendance is required, the cost of travel will not fall under the flexible allowance. However, this cost will be treated as taxable income to the employee and will be reported in the officer's W-2.

        If an officer takes a spouse on the corporate aircraft to a business function where spousal attendence is optional, the cost of travel falls under the flexible allowance. This cost will be treated as taxable income to the employee and will be reported on the officer's W-2.

        The cost of any personal use of the corporate aircraft by an officer falls under the flexible allowance. This cost will be treated as taxable income to the employee and will be reported on the officer's W-2.

        The cost of travel (or the amount of imputed income per round trip) will be determined annually. The cost for any other authorized use of the corporate aircraft by an officer or others will be charged to, or imputed as taxable income to, the officer in accordance with applicable law.

III.  AIRLINE CLUBS/ FIRST CLASS AIR

        First Class Air Travel.    Officers are eligible to use first class air travel for business reasons.

        Airline First Class Upgrades.    Airlines often permit individuals to purchase upgrade tickets for a nominal fee that allow a passenger to fly first class if seats are available on the flight. Officers will be reimbursed for any business-related airline upgrades.

        Airline Clubs.    Officers can maintain membership in airline clubs that provide airport meeting facilities that are useful for conducting job-related business.

        Flexible Allowance:    Airline club dues are covered under the flexible allowance. Please submit receipts for reimbursement to Executive Assistant, Human Resources (Irvine, GO 23).

        Reimbursement for first class air travel and first class upgrades for business travel and for other business expenses related to the business use of airline club facilities should be submitted on an expense report to Accounts Payable. The expense report for reimbursement of business-related expenses for the use of airline club facilities must clearly state:

    Full names and titles of attendees

    Date of meeting

    Specific business purpose of meeting

    Place of meeting

        Consistent with company policy, corporate airline partners should be used for all business-related travel.

IV.    CELLULAR PHONE

        The Company provides an allowance for expenses resulting from the purchase, installation and business use of a cellular telephone. It is the Company's policy that cellular telephones can be used for business use only.

2



        Flexible Allowance:    Reimbursement of expenses related to the purchase and installation of a cellular phone should be submitted to Executive Assistant, Human Resources, as part of the flexible allowance.

        Reimbursement for business-related calls should be requested through expense reports submitted to Accounts Payable. Any incidental personal use of the cellular phone should be excluded from the expense report and highlighted in the original phone company statement.

V. CLUB MEMBERSHIPS

        In order to maintain customer relations and properly reflect the Company's image, the Company's policy is to maintain memberships in various and diverse business, dining, country, and social clubs. Since most such clubs do not provide for corporate memberships, the Company's policy is to enable officers to represent the Company's interests by becoming members in such organizations.

        Business and Dining Clubs.    The Company will reimburse the cost of maintaining membership in organizations that provide substantial visibility within the business community and are useful for conducting job-related business.

        Country, Golf and Social Clubs.    The Company will reimburse the cost of maintaining membership in organizations that provide substantial visibility within the business community and are useful for conducting job-related business. Because the primary goal of membership in these clubs is to conduct business with customers who are visiting an Edwards facility, these clubs should be local to the office of the individual officer.

        Flexible Allowance:    Initiation fees and membership dues are covered under the flexible allowance. Please submit receipts for reimbursement to Executive Assistant, Human Resources.

        Reimbursement for other expenses related to the business use of club facilities should be submitted on an expense report to Accounts Payable. The expense report for reimbursement of business-related expenses must clearly state:

    Full names and titles of attendees

    Date of meeting

    Specific business purpose of meeting

    Place of meeting

VI.   FINANCIAL PLANNING

        This allowance covers expenses resulting from financial planning, tax return preparation, and related matters. These expenses are treated as taxable income to the officer. For certain key officers, reimbursement for financial planning expenses may impose additional disclosure obligations.

        Flexible Allowance:    Please submit receipts for reimbursement under the flexible allowance to Executive Assistant, Human Resources.

VII. HOME OFFICE EQUIPMENT

        Flexible Allowance:    Expenses related to set up and maintenance of a home business office are covered under the flexible allowance. These expenses include:

    Purchase of home office furniture

    Purchase of a personal computer

3


    Additional phone lines which may be necessary to operate office equipment

    Home fax line

    DSL/Cable connection for home office PC

        Sample list of excluded expenses: Construction costs to remodel home to accommodate a home office, and installation and maintenance of a home security system.

        The Company has a "no personal use" policy for home business equipment issued to its employees. Documentation may be required to substantiate the business use of home office equipment or installation fees associated with set up. All receipts for such business purpose should be itemized and submitted for reimbursement to Executive Assistant, Human Resources.

VIII. SPOUSAL TRAVEL

        Flexible Allowance:    If an officer takes a spouse to a business function where spousal attendance is optional, the Company will reimburse the cost of spousal travel under the flexible allowance. This is treated as taxable income to the officer. Please submit receipts to Executive Assistant, Human Resources, for reimbursement.

        The Company recognizes that there are occasions when a spouse's attendance is required at a function or event. The Company will reimburse the cost of spousal attendance at approved events or functions. This is also treated as taxable income to the officer. Please submit an expense report to Accounts Payable for reimbursement.

IX.   PHYSICAL EXAMINATION

        This program is designed to provide annual physical examinations for Edwards officers in an effort to assist them in maintaining good health. This does not cover treatment or medical procedures for diagnosed illnesses or injuries. Results of annual physicals are not disclosed to the company and are strictly confidential between the officer and the physician. Participation is voluntary.

        The officer should schedule examinations directly with a health center or physician. Officers may want to have their physical examination performed by their primary care physician who is familiar with their health history. As an alternative, Edwards has made special arrangements with the two facilities listed below:

      Saddleback Memorial Medical Center
      24451 Health Center Drive, Suite 202
      Laguna Hills, CA 92653
      (949) 452-7851

      UCI Medical Center
      2100 Medical Plaza
      Irvine, CA 92697
      (949) 824-8033

        If availing services from the above facilities, mention that you are a Corporate Officer of Edwards Lifesciences when calling to schedule an appointment.

        Saddleback Memorial Center and UCI Medical Center will bill Edwards Lifesciences directly.

        For reimbursement for services rendered by other providers, please submit your receipts to Executive Assistant, Human Resources.

        There is no maximum benefit although expected norms are $1,500 to $3,500, depending on the specific exam elements required.

        Please refer to the Corporate Officer Physical Examination Program policy for additional details.

* * *

4




QuickLinks

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation
EX-21.1 9 a2152327zex-21_1.htm EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

        The following corporations are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation as at December 31, 2004:

Legal Entity

  State of
Incorporation/
Formation

  Country of
Incorporation/
Formation

Benchmark, Inc.   Utah   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences Asset Management Corporation   Delaware   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences Corporation of Puerto Rico   Delaware   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences Finance LLC   Delaware   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences International Assignments Inc.   Delaware   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences International Holdings LLC   Delaware   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences Japan Holdings Inc.   Delaware   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences LLC   Delaware   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences Research Medical, Inc.   Utah   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences Sales Corporation   Delaware   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences Sub Inc.   Delaware   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences (U.S.) Inc.   Delaware   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences World Trade Corporation   Delaware   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences PVT, Inc.   Delaware   U.S.
Edwards Lifesciences Austria GmbH       Austria
Edwards Lifesciences Pty. Limited       Australia
Edwards Lifesciences S.P.R.L.       Belgium
Edwards Lifesciences Macchi Ltda.       Brazil
Edwards Lifesciences Participacoes e Comercial Ltda.       Brazil
Edwards Lifesciences Ltda.       Brazil
Edwards Lifesciences Comercio e Industria de Produtos Medico-Cirurgicos Ltda.       Brazil
Edwards Lifesciences (Canada) Inc.       Canada
Edwards Lifesciences A/S       Denmark
Edwards Lifesciences World Trade (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.       China
Edwards Lifesciences SAS       France
Edwards Lifesciences Holding Germany GmbH       Germany
Edwards Lifesciences Germany GmbH       Germany
Edwards Lifesciences Services GmbH       Germany
Edwards PAS Verwaltungs GmbH       Germany
Edwards Lifesciences Hellas, EPE       Greece
Edwards Lifesciences (India) Private Limited       India
Edwards Lifesciences P.V.T. Ltd       Israel
Edwards Lifesciences Italia SpA       Italy
Edwards Lifesciences (Japan) Limited       Japan
Edwards Lifesciences Korea Co., Ltd.       Korea
Edwards Lifesciences Mexico, S.A. de C.V.       Mexico
Edwards Lifesciences B.V.       The Netherlands
Edwards Lifesciences Services B.V.       The Netherlands
Edwards Lifesciences Uden B.V.       The Netherlands
Edwards Lifesciences Export (Puerto Rico) Corporation       Puerto Rico
Edwards Lifesciences South Africa Pty. LTD       South Africa
Edwards Lifesciences S.L.       Spain
Edwards Lifesciences Nordic AB       Sweden
Edwards Lifesciences AG       Switzerland
Edwards Lifesciences (Thailand) Ltd.       Thailand
Edwards Lifesciences Limited       United Kingdom
Whitland Research Limited       United Kingdom


EX-23 10 a2152327zex-23.htm EX-23
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 23


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-33054, 333-33056, 333-40434, 333-52332, 333-52334, 333-52346, 333-60670, 333-98219 and 333-105961) and the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-107405 and 333-116634) of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation of our report dated March 4, 2005 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule, management's assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Orange County, California
March 4, 2005




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
EX-31.1 11 a2152327zex-31_1.htm EX-31.1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 31.1


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

CERTIFICATION

        I, Michael A. Mussallem, certify that:

    1.
    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation;

    2.
    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

    3.
    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

    4.
    The registrant's other certifying officer(s)and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

    (a)
    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

    (b)
    Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal controls over financial reporting to be designed under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

    (c)
    Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

    (d)
    Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting;

    5.
    The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

    (a)
    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

    (b)
    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 4, 2005   By:   /s/  MICHAEL A. MUSSALLEM      
Michael A. Mussallem
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer



QuickLinks

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 CERTIFICATION
EX-31.2 12 a2152327zex-31_2.htm EX-31.2
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 31.2


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

CERTIFICATION

        I, Corinne H. Lyle, certify that:

    1.
    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation;

    2.
    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

    3.
    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

    4.
    The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

    (a)
    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

    (b)
    Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal controls over financial reporting to be designed under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

    (c)
    Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

    (d)
    Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting;

    5.
    The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

    (a)
    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

    (b)
    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 4, 2005   By:   /s/  CORINNE H. LYLE      
Corinne H. Lyle
Corporate Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Chief Accounting Officer)



QuickLinks

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 CERTIFICATION
EX-32 13 a2152327zex-32.htm EX-32
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 32


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), we, Michael A. Mussallem, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Corinne H. Lyle, Corporate Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

    (1)
    The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

    (2)
    The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

March 4, 2005   /s/  MICHAEL A. MUSSALLEM      
Michael A. Mussallem
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer

March 4, 2005

 

/s/  
CORINNE H. LYLE      
Corinne H. Lyle
Corporate Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Chief Accounting Officer)



QuickLinks

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----